0% found this document useful (0 votes)
49 views190 pages

Electronics & Comm. Engg. Curriculum

Uploaded by

srznasim
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
49 views190 pages

Electronics & Comm. Engg. Curriculum

Uploaded by

srznasim
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

OUTCOME-BASED CURRICULUM

BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE IN ELECTRONICS AND
COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Electronics and Communication Engineering Discipline


Khulna University
August 2022
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Title of the Academic Program 01
Name of the University 01
Vision of the University 01
Mission of the University 02
Name of the Discipline/Program Offering Entity (POE) 02
Vision of the Discipline/POE 02
Mission of the Discipline/POE 02
Objectives of the Discipline/POE 03
Name of the Degree 03
Description of the Program 03
Graduate Attributes 03
Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) 04
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) 04
Mapping Mission of the University with PEOs 05
Mapping PLOs with PEOs 05
Mapping Courses with PLOs 06
Structure of the Curriculum 11
Year/Term-wise Distribution of Courses 14
First Year First Term Course Description 19
First Year Second Term Course Description 32
Second Year First Term Course Description 48
Second Year Second Term Course Description 63
Third Year First Term Course Description 78
Third Year Second Term Course Description 93
Fourth Year First Term Course Description 113
Fourth Year Second Term Course Description 143
Grading and Evaluation 181
Appendix 01: Summary of Major Changes 186
Appendix 02: Curriculum Committee of the POE 187
Appendix 03: PSAC of the Discipline 187
Appendix 04: Acknowledgement 188
References 188
PART-A
01 Title of the Academic Program
Bachelor of Science in Electronics and Communication Engineering
Program Overview
Degree Bachelor of Science in Electronics and
Communication Engineering
Abbreviated form of the Degree [Link]. Engg. (ECE)
Discipline/Program Offering Entity (POE) Electronics and Communication Engineering
Discipline
School Science, Engineering and Technology School
Awarding Institution Khulna University
Location Khulna 9208, Bangladesh
Bangladesh National Qualifications Framework (BNQF) Level 7
International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED) Code 0714
Mode of Study Full Time
Language of Study English
Applicable Session 2021-22 and onwards

02 Name of the University


Khulna University
Learn, Lead and Live
Learn: Students will enjoy unhindered learning facilities at KU;
Lead: Through proper learning they will emerge as global leaders;
Live: While learning, leading & serving they will enjoy self-living, will make the world safe & livable for others too.

03 Vision of the University


Creation of global leaders who will contribute to make knowledge-based just society through accelerating inclusive and
transformative growth of Bangladesh and the world. The university aims to achieve this vision through scholarly enquiry
and contribution to the global knowledge pool.

01
04 Mission of the University
University Mission & Details
Explore human potential to the fullest extent and produce self-motivated, aspiring leaders to work for the
UM1 betterment of the humankind based on wisdom, freethinking, creativity and unhindered intellectual
exercises;
Ensure a transformative educational experience that enables creative learning, entrepreneurship and
UM2
inquisitiveness among the students;
Create an inclusive research environment that enables graduates to make demonstrable economic and
UM3 social impacts through translating knowledge and innovation into practice driven by moral values and
professional ethics.
UM = University Mission

05 Name of the Discipline/Program Offering Entity (POE)


Electronics and Communication Engineering Discipline

06 Vision of the Discipline/POE


Striving to build a knowledge-based society employing technological capabilities.

07 Mission of the Discipline/POE


Discipline Mission & Details
M1 To produce a technologically enriched community.
To establish a unique learning environment and offer the highest quality of education to enable the students to
M2
face the current and future challenges in electronics and communication engineering field.
To promote the culture of innovation and research in the contemporary subjects collaborating with reputed
M3 national and international institutions.
M = Mission of the Discipline/POE

02
08 Objectives of the Discipline/POE
Discipline Objectives & Details
To conduct theoretical and practical studies and research in the field of electronics and communication
O1 engineering through various programs such as Bachelor, Masters and PhD.
O2 To take a leadership role in the field of electronics and communication engineering at home and abroad.
O3 To bridge the digital divide of the society.
O = Objective of the Discipline/POE

09 Name of the Degree


Bachelor of Science in Electronics and Communication Engineering

10 Description of the Program


Electronics and Communication Engineering (ECE) Discipline started its journey under Science, Engineering and
Technology (SET) School of Khulna University in 1997. With a view to provide tertiary education in the field of modern
engineering and technology genre, Electronics and Communication Engineering program was launched for the first time
in Bangladesh at the undergraduate level.
The [Link]. Engg. (ECE) program is designed to train the students for the electronics and communication arena. This
program will help to educate and train students in the classroom as well as practical laboratory sessions to make them
competent professionals to meet the contemporary requirements of Electronics and Communication Engineering.
The four-year [Link]. Engg. (ECE) program is composed of 160 credits including an industrial training to provide exposure
and enhance employability and post-graduation opportunities.

11 Graduate Attributes
Graduate Attributes Domain
GA1 Profound engineering knowledge Fundamental
GA2 Cognitive Skill, Emotional Intelligence, Advanced Digital literacy Fundamental
GA3 Critical thinking, complex engineering problem solving Thinking
GA4 decision making, entrepreneurship and active learning skills Thinking
GA5 leadership, communication, and interaction skill in environmental contexts Social
GA6 Ethical competency and team work skills Social
GA7 Project management and communication skills Social
GA8 Integrity and the development of citizenship, contribute to society Personal
GA9 Creative and innovative life-long learning skills Personal
GA = Graduate Attributes

03
12 Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)
Program Educational Objectives Domain
To provide graduates with a strong foundation in mathematics, science and engineering
PEO1 fundamentals to enable them to devise and deliver efficient solutions to challenging complex Fundamental
engineering problems in Electronics, Communications and allied disciplines.
To enrich theoretical and practical knowledge of Electronics and Communication Engineering,
PEO2 managerial and entrepreneurial skills for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and Thinking
environmental considerations.
To instill in graduates a sense of high professionalism, to work as part of teams on
multi-disciplinary projects and diverse professional environments, needed for a successful
PEO3 Social
professional career and relate modern engineering issues to the society, global economy and
to emerging technologies.
To inculcate interpersonal skills, teamwork capabilities, communication skills, leadership and
PEO4 awareness of the social, ethical and legal responsibilities leading to lifelong learning and Personal
career development.
To motivate graduates to become good human beings and responsible citizens for the overall Personal
PEO5 welfare of the society.
PEO = Program Educational Objective

13 Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)


After successful completion of the degree, the learners will be able to:
A. Fundamental Skills
Apply knowledge of mathematics, natural science, engineering fundamentals and an engineering specialization
PLO1
to the solution of complex engineering problems.
Identify, formulate, research literature and analyse complex engineering problems reaching substantiated
PLO2 conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences.
B. Social Skills
Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design systems, components or processes that meet
PLO3 specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and
PLO4 the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering practice and solutions to complex
engineering problems.
Understand and evaluate the sustainability and impact of professional engineering work in the solution of complex
PLO5 engineering problems in societal and environmental contexts.
Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the
PLO6
broadest context of technological change.

04
C. Thinking Skills
Conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based knowledge and research methods including
PLO7 design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions.
Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including
PLO8 prediction and modelling, to complex engineering problems, with an understanding of the limitations.
Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at
PLO9 large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management principles and economic
PLO10 decision-making and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and
in multidisciplinary environments.
D. Personal Skills
PLO11 Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of engineering practice.
PLO12 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in multi-disciplinary settings.
PLO = Program Learning Outcome

14 Mapping Mission of the University with PEOs


PEOs Missions UM1 UM2 UM3
PEO1 2 3 1
PEO2 1 3 2
PEO3 2 2 3
PEO4 3 3 3
PEO5 3 2 3
Level of association: 3=High, 2=Medium, 1=Low

15 Mapping PLOs with PEOs


Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
PEO1 PEO2 PEO3 PEO4 PEO5
PLO1 ● ●
Fundamental Domain
PLO2 ● ● ● ●
PLO3 ● ● ●
PLO4 ● ● ● ●
Social Domain PLO5 ● ●
PLO6 ● ● ●
PLO7 ● ● ● ●
PLO8 ● ● ●
Thinking Domain
PLO9 ● ● ●
PLO10 ● ● ●
PLO11 ● ● ●
Personal Domain
PLO12 ● ● ● ●

05
16 Mapping Courses with PLOs
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
Fundamental Social Thinking Personal
Domain Domain Domain Domain
Course Code and Course Title

PLO10

PLO12
PLO11
PLO8
PLO4
PLO3

PLO6

PLO9
PLO5
PLO2

PLO7
PLO1
First Year First Term
0714 09 ECE 1101: Electrical Circuits I ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 1102: Electrical Circuits I Sessional ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 CSE 1151: Structured Programming ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 CSE 1152: Structured Programming
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0541 09 Math 1171: Differential and Integral
● ● ● ● ● ●
Calculus
0533 09 Phy 1173: Physics ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0533 09 Phy 1174: Physics Sessional ● ● ● ● ● ●
0531 09 Chem 1175: Chemistry ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0531 09 Chem 1176: Chemistry Sessional ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
First Year Second Term
0714 09 ECE 1201: Electrical Circuits II ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 1202: Electrical Circuits II
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 ECE 1203: Bipolar and Unipolar ● ● ● ● ●
Devices and Circuits
0714 09 ECE 1204: Bipolar and Unipolar
● ● ● ● ●
Devices and Circuits Sessional
0714 09 ECE 1206: Electrical Services Design ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 CSE 1251: Object Oriented
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Programming
0714 09 CSE 1252: Object Oriented
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Programming Sessional
0541 09 Math 1271: Differential Equations ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0231 09 Eng 1281: English ● ● ● ● ●
0314 09 Soc 1283: Sociology ● ● ● ● ●
0314 09 Phil 1285: Professional Ethics ● ● ● ● ●

06
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
Fundamental Social Thinking Personal
Domain Domain Domain Domain
Course Code and Course Title

PLO10

PLO12
PLO11
PLO8
PLO4
PLO3

PLO6

PLO9
PLO5
PLO2

PLO7
PLO1
Second Year First Term
0714 09 ECE 2101: Electronic Amplifiers and
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power Supply Circuits
0714 09 ECE 2102: Electronic Amplifiers and ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power Supply Circuits Sessional
0714 09 ECE 2103: Signals and Systems ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 2104: Signals and Systems
● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 ECE 2105: Electrical Machine I ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 2106: Electrical Machine I
● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 CSE 2151: Data Structures and
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Algorithms
0714 09 CSE 2152: Data Structures and
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Algorithms Sessional
0514 09 Math 2171: Coordinate Geometry and
Vector Analysis ● ● ● ●

0311 09 Econ 2181: Economics ● ● ● ● ●


Second Year Second Term
0714 09 ECE 2201: Solid State Electronic ● ● ● ● ● ●
Devices
0714 09 ECE 2203: OpAmp and IC Technology ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 2204: OpAmp and IC Technology ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 ECE 2205: Electrical Machine II ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 2206: Electrical Machine II
Sessional ● ● ● ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 2207: Numerical Techniques ● ● ● ● ●


0714 09 ECE 2208: Numerical Techniques
● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 Math 2271: Matrix and Complex
● ● ●
Variable
0542 09 Stat 2273: Probability and Stochastic ● ● ● ●

07
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
Fundamental Social Thinking Personal
Domain Domain Domain Domain
Course Code and Course Title

PLO10

PLO12
PLO11
PLO8
PLO4
PLO3

PLO6

PLO9
PLO5
PLO2

PLO7
PLO1
Third Year First Term
0714 09 ECE 3101: Measurements and
● ● ● ● ●
Electronic Instrumentations
0714 09 ECE 3102: Measurements and
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Electronic Instrumentations Sessional
0714 09 ECE 3103: Digital Electronics ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 3104: Digital Electronics ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 ECE 3105: Analog Communications ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 3106: Analog Communications
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 ECE 3107: Electromagnetic Fields and
● ● ●
Waves
0714 09 CSE 3151: Computer Network and ● ● ● ● ●
Security
0714 09 CSE 3152: Computer Network and
● ● ● ● ● ●
Security Sessional
0413 09 BA 3181 Accounting ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Third Year Second Term
0714 09 ECE 3201 Control Systems ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 3203 Digital Communications ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 3204 Digital Communications
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 ECE 3205 Microwave Engineering ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 3206 Microwave Engineering
● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 ECE 3207 Electrical Engineering Material ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 3209 Semiconductor Processing
and Fabrication Technology ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 3211 Power System ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●


0714 09 ECE 3213 Data Science ● ● ● ●
0714 09 CSE 3215 Artificial Intelligence ● ● ● ●
0714 09 CSE 3251 Microprocessor and
● ● ● ●
Embedded Systems
0714 09 CSE 3252 Microprocessor and
Embedded Systems Sessional ● ● ● ● ● ●

0413 09 BA 3281 Industrial Management and Law ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

08
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
Fundamental Social Thinking Personal
Domain Domain Domain Domain
Course Code and Course Title

PLO10

PLO12
PLO11
PLO8
PLO4
PLO3

PLO6

PLO9
PLO5
PLO2

PLO7
PLO1
Fourth Year First Term
0714 09 ECE 4100: Thesis ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4102: Industrial Training ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4103: VLSI Technology ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4104: VLSI Technology Sessional ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4105: Digital Signal Processing ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4106: Digital Signal Processing
● ● ● ●
Sessional
0714 09 ECE 4107: Telecommunication
Engineering ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 4108: Telecommunication


Engineering Sessional / Field Trip ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 4109: Radar and Satellite


Communication ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 4110: Radar and Satellite


● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Communication Field Trip
0714 09 ECE 4111: Antennas and Wave
Propagation ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 4112: Antennas and Wave


Propagation Sessional / Field Trip ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 4113: Television and Multimedia


● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Engineering
0714 09 ECE 4114: Television and Multimedia
Engineering Sessional / Field Trip ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 4115: Power Station, Switchgear


and Protection ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 4116: Power Station, Switchgear


and Protection Sessional / Field Trip ● ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 4117: Internet of Things ● ● ●


0714 09 ECE 4118: Internet of Things Sessional ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4119: Project Management and
Entrepreneurship ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0714 09 ECE 4130: Technical Writing and


● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Seminar

09
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
Fundamental Social Thinking Personal
Domain Domain Domain Domain
Course Code and Course Title

PLO10

PLO12
PLO11
PLO8
PLO4
PLO3

PLO6

PLO9
PLO5
PLO2

PLO7
PLO1
Fourth Year Second Term
0714 09 ECE 4200 Project ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4201: Mobile Communications ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4202: Mobile Communications ● ● ●
Field Trip
Electronics Track
0714 09 ECE 4203: Power Electronics ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4204: Power Electronics Sessional ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4205: System on Chip Design ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4206: System on Chip Design
● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
715 09 ECE 4207 Industrial Automation ● ● ● ● ●
716 09 ECE 4208 Industrial Automation ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional
Communication Track
0714 09 ECE 4221: Optoelectronic Devices and
● ● ● ● ●
Optical Communications
0714 09 ECE 4222: Optoelectronic Devices and
● ● ● ● ● ●
Optical Communications Sessional
0714 09 ECE 4223: Wireless Communication ● ● ●
Systems
0714 09 ECE 4224: Wireless Communication ● ● ● ●
Systems Sessional
714 09 ECE 4225: Information Theory and Error ● ● ● ● ● ●
Coding
714 09 ECE 4226: Information Theory and Error ● ● ● ●
Coding Sessional
Interdisciplinary Track
0714 09 ECE 4241: Biomedical Engineering ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4242: Biomedical Engineering
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Sessional / Field Trip
0714 09 ECE 4243: Digital Image Processing ● ● ●
0714 09 ECE 4244: Digital Image Processing
Sessional ● ● ●
0714 09 CSE 4245: Database and Webpage Design ● ● ● ● ● ●
0714 09 CSE 4246: Database and Webpage
● ● ● ● ●
Design Sessional
0714 09 CSE 4247: Machine Learning ● ● ● ●
0714 09 CSE 4248: Machine Learning Sessional ● ● ● ●
715 09 CSE 4249 High Voltage Engineering ● ● ●
716 09 CSE 4250 High Voltage Engineering
● ● ●
Sessional / Field Trip

10
PART-B
17 Structure of the Curriculum
a) Duration of the Program 04 Years 08 Terms
b) Admission Requirements The applicants having Higher Secondary Certificate (HSC) or
equivalent in science group will be eligible for admission into this
program. Other terms and conditions are set or revised periodically
by the appropriate authority.
c1) Graduating Credits / Total Minimum Credit
160
Requirement to Complete the Program
c2) Available Credits 212
d) Total Class Weeks in a Term* 14
e) Minimum CGPA Requirements for Graduation 2.50
f) Maximum Academic Years of Completion 07 Years

*Term Duration
Teaching and Learning Preparatory Leave Term Final Examination Term Break Total
14 Weeks 2 Weeks 4 Weeks 2 Weeks 22 Weeks

g1) Area-wise Credit Distribution


Area Course Type Number of Courses Credits Total Credits
Theory 20 49
General Education (GED) Courses** 56.5
Sessional 7 7.5
Theory 22 63
Core/Compulsory Courses 84.5
Sessional 22 21.5
Theory 19 50
Optional/Elective Courses 65
Sessional 15 15
Capstone Courses*** Sessional 2 6 6
Total 107 212 212
** 26.7% from GED courses [Please note that GED courses should be at least 25%]
*** Thesis, project, internship etc. courses

g2) Category of Courses


Area Course Type Course Title Credits
01. Structured Programming
02. Differential and Integral Calculus
03. Physics
04. Chemistry
05. Object Oriented Programming
General
06. Differential Equations
Education
Theory 07. English 49
(GED)
08. Sociology
Courses
09. Professional Ethics
10. Data Structures and Algorithms
11. Coordinate Geometry and Vector Analysis
12. Economics
13. Matrix and Complex Variable

11
Area Course Type Course Title Credits
14. Probability and Stochastics
15. Computer Network and Security
16. Accounting
Theory 17. Microprocessor and Embedded Systems
18. Artificial Intelligence
19. Industrial Management and Law
General
20. Project Management and Entrepreneurship
Education
(GED) 01. Structured Programming Sessional
Courses 02. Physics Sessional
03. Chemistry Sessional
Sessional 04. Object Oriented Programming Sessional 7.5
05. Data Structures and Algorithms Sessional
06. Computer Network and Security Sessional
07. Microprocessor and Embedded Systems Sessional
01. Electrical Circuits I
02. Electrical Circuits II
03. Bipolar and Unipolar Devices and Circuits
04. Electronic Amplifiers and Power Supply Circuits
05. Signals and Systems
06. Electrical Machine I
07. Solid State Electronic Devices
08. Op-Amp and IC Technology
09. Electrical Machine II
Theory
10. Numerical Techniques
11. Measurements and Electronic Instrumentations
63
12. Digital Electronics
13. Analog Communications
14. Electromagnetic Fields and Waves
15. Control Systems
16. Digital Communications
17. Microwave Engineering
Core/ 18. VLSI Technology
Compulsory 19. Digital Signal Processing
Courses 20. Telecommunication Engineering
21. Radar and Satellite Communication
22. Mobile Communications
01. Electrical Circuits I Sessional
02. Electrical Circuits II Sessional
03. Bipolar and Unipolar Devices and Circuits Sessional
04. Electrical Services Design
05. Electronic Amplifiers and Power Supply Circuits Sessional
06. Signals and Systems Sessional
Sessional 07. Electrical Machine I Sessional 21.5
08. OpAmp and IC Technology Sessional
09. Electrical Machine II Sessional
10. Numerical Techniques Sessional
11. Measurements and Electronic Instrumentations Sessional
12. Digital Electronics Sessional
13. Analog Communications Sessional
14. Digital Communications Sessional
15. Microwave Engineering Sessional

12
Area Course Type Course Title Credits
16. Industrial Training
17. VLSI Technology Sessional
Core/
18. Digital Signal Processing Sessional
Compulsory
Sessional 19. Telecommunication Engineering Sessional / Field Trip
Courses
20. Radar and Satellite Communication Field Trip
21. Technical Writing and Seminar
22. Mobile Communications Field Trip
01. Electrical Engineering Material
02. Semiconductor Processing and Fabrication Technology
03. Power System
04. Data Science
05. Antennas and Wave Propagation
06. Television and Multimedia Engineering
07. Power Station, Switchgear and Protection
08. Internet of Things
09. Power Electronics
Theory 10. System on Chip Design 50
11. Industrial Automation
12. Optoelectronic Devices and Optical Communications
13. Wireless Communication Systems
14. Information Theory and Error Coding
15. Biomedical Engineering
Optional/ 16. Digital Image Processing
Elective 17. High Voltage Engineering
Courses 18. Database and Webpage Design
19. Machine Learning
01. Antennas and Wave Propagation Sessional / Field Trip
02. Television and Multimedia Engineering Sessional / Field Trip
03. Power Station, Switchgear and Protection Sessional / Field Trip
04. Internet of Things Sessional
05. Power Electronics Sessional
06. System on Chip Design Sessional
07. Industrial Automation Sessional
Sessional 08. Optoelectronic Devices and Optical Communications Sessional 15
09. Wireless Communication Systems Sessional
10. Information Theory and Error Coding Sessional
11. Biomedical Engineering Sessional / Field Trip
12. Digital Image Processing Sessional
13. High Voltage Engineering Sessional / Field Trip
14. Database and Webpage Design Sessional
15. Machine Learning Sessional
Capstone 01. Thesis
Sessional 6
Courses 02. Project
Total 212

13
18 Year/Term-wise Distribution of Courses
Contact
Hours/Week

Prerequisites
Course

Sessional
Course Code Course Title
Status

Credits
Theory
First Year First Term
0714 09 ECE 1101 Electrical Circuits I Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 1102 Electrical Circuits I Sessional Core - 2.25 1.5 None
0714 09 CSE 1151 Structured Programming Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 CSE 1152 Structured Programming Sessional Core - 2.25 1.5 None
0541 09 Math 1171 Differential and Integral Calculus Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0533 09 Phy 1173 Physics Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0533 09 Phy 1174 Physics Sessional Core - 1.50 1.0 None
0531 09 Chem 1175 Chemistry Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
0531 09 Chem 1176 Chemistry Sessional Core - 1.50 1.0 None
Core Courses: 09, Optional Courses: 00, 14.0 7.5
Total 19.0
Theory Courses: 05, Sessional Courses: 04 21.5
First Year Second Term
0714 09 ECE 1201 Electrical Circuits II Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 1202 Electrical Circuits II Sessional Core - 2.25 1.5 None
0714 09 ECE 1203 Bipolar and Unipolar Devices and Circuits Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 1204 Bipolar and Unipolar Devices and Circuits Sessional Core - 2.25 1.5 None
0714 09 ECE 1206 Electrical Services Design Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 CSE 1251 Object Oriented Programming Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 CSE 1252 Object Oriented Programming Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0541 09 Math 1271 Differential Equations Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0231 09 Eng 1281 English Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
0314 09 Soc 1283 Sociology Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0314 09 Phil 1285 Professional Ethics Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
Core Courses: 09, Optional Courses: 02, 18.0 7.5
Total 23.0
Theory Courses: 07, Sessional Courses: 04 25.5
NB: Each student has to take at least one optional course offered
in this term.

14
Contact
Hours/Week

Prerequisites
Course

Sessional
Course Code Course Title
Status

Credits
Theory
Second Year First Term
0714 09 ECE 2101 Electronic Amplifiers and Power Supply Circuits Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2102 Electronic Amplifiers and Power Supply Circuits Sessional Core - 2.25 1.5 None
0714 09 ECE 2103 Signals and Systems Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2104 Signals and Systems Sessional Core - 1.50 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2105 Electrical Machine I Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2106 Electrical Machine I Sessional Core - 2.25 1.5 None
0714 09 CSE 2151 Data Structures and Algorithms Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 CSE 2152 Data Structures and Algorithms Sessional Core - 1.50 1.0 None
0514 09 Math 2171 Coordinate Geometry and Vector Analysis Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0311 09 Econ 2181 Economics Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
Core Courses: 10, Optional Courses: 00, 17.0 7.5
Total Theory Courses: 06, Sessional Courses: 04 22.0
24.5
Second Year Second Term
0714 09 ECE 2201 Solid State Electronic Devices Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2203 OpAmp and IC Technology Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2204 OpAmp and IC Technology Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2205 Electrical Machine II Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2206 Electrical Machine II Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2207 Numerical Techniques Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 2208 Numerical Techniques Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0514 09 Math 2271 Matrix and Complex Variable Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
0542 09 Stat 2277 Probability and Stochastics Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
Core Courses: 09, Optional Courses: 00, 15.0 4.5
Total 18.0
Theory Courses: 06, Sessional Courses: 03 19.5

15
Contact
Hours/Week

Prerequisites
Course

Sessional
Course Code Course Title
Status

Credits
Theory
Third Year First Term
0714 09 ECE 3101 Measurements and Electronic Instrumentations Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3102 Measurements and Electronic Instrumentations Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3103 Digital Electronics Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3104 Digital Electronics Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3105 Analog Communications Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3106 Analog Communications Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3107 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 CSE 3151 Computer Network and Security Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 CSE 3152 Computer Network and Security Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0413 09 BA 3181 Accounting Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
Core Courses: 10, Optional Courses: 00, 17.0 6.0
Total 21.0
Theory Courses: 06, Sessional Courses: 04 23.0
Third Year Second Term
0714 09 ECE 3201 Control Systems Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3203 Digital Communications Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3204 Digital Communications Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3205 Microwave Engineering Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3206 Microwave Engineering Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3207 Electrical Engineering Material Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3209 Semiconductor Processing and Fabrication Technology Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3211 Power System Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3213 Data Engineering Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 3215 Artificial Intelligence Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 CSE 3251 Microprocessor and Embedded Systems Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 CSE 3252 Microprocessor and Embedded Systems Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0413 09 BA 3281 Industrial Management and Law Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
Core Courses: 08, Optional Courses: 05, 24.0 4.5
Total Theory Courses: 10, Sessional Courses: 03 27.0
28.5
NB: Each student has to take at least one optional course
offered in this term.

16
Contact
Hours/Week

Prerequisites
Course

Sessional
Course Code Course Title
Status

Credits
Theory
Fourth Year First Term
0714 09 ECE 4100 Thesis Optional - 6.0 4.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4102 Industrial Training Core - - NC* None
0714 09 ECE 4103 VLSI Technology Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4104 VLSI Technology Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4105 Digital Signal Processing Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4106 Digital Signal Processing Sessional Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4107 Telecommunication Engineering Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4108 Telecommunication Engineering Sessional / Field Trip Core - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4109 Radar and Satellite Communication Core 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4110 Radar and Satellite Communication Field Trip Core - - NC* None
0714 09 ECE 4111 Antennas and Wave Propagation Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4112 Antennas and Wave Propagation Sessional / Field Trip Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4113 Television and Multimedia Engineering Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4114 Television and Multimedia Engineering Sessional / Field Trip Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4115 Power Station, Switchgear and Protection Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4116 Power Station, Switchgear and Protection Sessional / Field Trip Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4117 Internet of Things Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4118 Internet of Things Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4119 Project Management and Entrepreneurship Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4130 Technical Writing and Seminar Core - 1.5 1.0 None
Core Courses: 10, Optional Courses: 10, 25.0 18.0
Total Theory Courses: 09, Sessional Courses: 11 37.0
43.0
N.B.: (i) The students who will register for ‘Project (0714 09 ECE 4200)' must take the course ‘Project Management and
Entrepreneurship (0714 09 ECE 4119)’.
(ii) The course ‘Thesis (0714 09 ECE 4100)’ will be continued to fourth year second term.
(iii) Each student has to take at least one optional theory and one corresponding sessional courses offered in this term
*NC: Non-Credit Course

17
Contact
Hours/Week

Prerequisites
Course

Sessional
Course Code Course Title
Status

Credits
Theory
Fourth Year Second Term
0714 09 ECE 4200 Project Optional - 3.0 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4201 Mobile Communications Core 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4202 Mobile Communications Field Trip Core - - NC* None
Electronics Track
0714 09 ECE 4203 Power Electronics Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4204 Power Electronics Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4205 System on Chip Design Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4206 System on Chip Design Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4207 Industrial Automation Optional 2.0 - 2.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4208 Industrial Automation Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
Communication Track
0714 09 ECE 4221 Optoelectronic Devices and Optical Communications Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4222 Optoelectronic Devices and Optical Communications Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4223 Wireless Communication Systems Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4224 Wireless Communication Systems Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4225 Information Theory and Error Coding Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4226 Information Theory and Error Coding Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
Interdisciplinary Track
0714 09 ECE 4241 Biomedical Engineering Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4242 Biomedical Engineering Sessional / Field Trip Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4243 Digital Image Processing Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4244 Digital Image Processing Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 CSE 4245 Database and Webpage Design Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 CSE 4246 Database and Webpage Design Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 CSE 4247 Machine Learning Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 CSE 4248 Machine Learning Sessional Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4249 High Voltage Engineering Optional 3.0 - 3.0 None
0714 09 ECE 4250 High Voltage Engineering Sessional / Field Trip Optional - 1.5 1.0 None
Core Courses: 02, Optional Courses: 23, 32.0 19.5
Total 45.0
Theory Courses: 12, Sessional Courses: 13 51.5
N.B.: (i) Each student has to take at least one optional theory and one corresponding sessional courses from Electronics track
offered in this term.
(ii) Each student has to take at least one optional theory and one corresponding sessional courses from Communication
track offered in this term.
(iii) Each student has to take at least two optional theories and two corresponding sessional courses offered in this term.
*NC: Non-Credit Course
18
PART-C
19 Course Description
First Year First Term
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 1101 Year: First Term: First
Course Title Electrical Circuits I
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop fundamental knowledge on electrical circuit theory. The competencies
Rationale covered in the course serve as the foundational skills those are important for the students in electrical and
electronic engineering technology or area of study.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Circuit Variables and Circuit Elements: Voltage, current, power and energy, Voltage and current sources,
1 circuit elements: resistor, inductor and capacitor, properties of resistor, inductor and capacitor. 1

Fundamental Laws: Ohm’s law and Kirchhoff’s laws and their applications, voltage and current divider
2 circuits and rules. 1

Circuit Simplification Techniques: Analysis of simple circuits with dependent and independent sources,
3 2, 5
series-parallel networks, Ladder networks, source conversions, Delta-Wye conversion.
4 DC Circuit Analysis Techniques: Branch-current analysis, Mesh-current analysis, Nodal analysis. 2, 5
Network Theorems: Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, maximum power
5 2
transfer theorem, reciprocity theorem, Millman’s theorem.
Section B CLOs
Fundamentals of Alternating Current: Generation of alternating current, Sinusoidal sources, definitions of
6 1, 3
ac voltage, current, power, power factor, sinusoidal alternating waveforms.
Complex Numbers and Phasors: Various forms of complex numbers and their transformations, phasor
7 3
algebra, phasor/vector diagram.
AC Circuit Analysis: Volt-ampere and various factors (including power, peak, form factor), analysis of series
8 and parallel R, L, C, R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits with sinusoidal source, Delta-Wye simplifications of circuits 4
with R, L, and C elements, branch-current analysis, mesh-current analysis, nodal analysis.
AC Power Analysis: Steady-state power calculations, average and rms values, real and reactive power,
9 4
maximum power transfer theorem, impedance matching.
Magnetic Circuits: Magnetic fields, flux, flux density, permeability, reluctance, magnetomotive force,
10 magnetizing force, Ohm’s law, hysteresis, B-H Curve, Ampere’s circuital law, air-gaps, series-parallel 1, 5
magnetic circuits.

19
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Explain the fundamental laws of electrical, magnetic circuits and variables. 1, 2
Analyze dc circuits with dependent and independent sources and illustrate
Course CLO2 1, 2
different network theorems.
Learning
CLO3 Interpret alternating current and its characteristics. 1, 2, 7
Outcomes
(CLOs) Demonstrate the complex numbers and phasor representations of ac circuits
CLO4 1, 9, 5
and its power analysis.
Identify and solve dc-ac electrical, magnetic circuit problems and its practical
CLO5 3, 10
applications.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 quizzes/class tests, class attendance and
Lecture, Group Discussion Problem-based
participation, homework assignments, and a Term
CLO3 Learning, and Presentation
final examination
CLO4
CLO5

Learning Materials
R.P. Ward, Introduction to Electrical Engineering, 3/e, Prentice Hall, 1985
Recommended R.M. Kerchner and G.F. Corcoran, Alternating-Current circuits, 4/e, Toppan, Tokyo, 1997
Readings
M. C. Kelley and B. Nichols, Introductory Linear Electrical Circuits and Electronics, 1/e, John Wiley and
Sons, 1988

20
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 1102 Year: First Term: First
Course Title Electrical Circuits I Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.5
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale This course is designed to develop skills in dc and ac circuit design, implementation and analysis to
understand the theories and also to apply the knowledge in future courses and industry.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Kirchhoff’s current law and voltage law. 1
2 Mesh analysis, nodal analysis of dc circuits. 2, 5
3 Superposition theorem Thevenin’s theorem Norton’s theorem. 2, 5
4 Maximum power transfer theorem reciprocity theorem Millman’s theorem. 2
5 Average value, rms value, form factor, peak factor of sinusoidal wave and square wave. 1, 3
6 Series R-L-C circuit with sinusoidal source and phasor diagram. 4
7 Parallel R, L, C, R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits with sinusoidal source and phasor diagram. 4
8 Mesh analysis in the ac circuits. 2, 4, 5
9 The magnetic properties, parameters and characteristics of ferromagnetic materials. 1, 5

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Explain the fundamental laws of electrical, magnetic circuits and variables. 1, 4
Course CLO2 Analyze dc circuits using different network theorems. 1, 2
Learning
Outcomes CLO3 Interpret alternating current and its characteristics. 1, 2
(CLOs) CLO4 Demonstrate the phasor representations of ac circuits. 1, 8
Solve the dc/ac electrical, magnetic circuit problems and its practical
CLO5 3, 10
applications.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion,
Lab Report, Quiz, Lab Test (observing the student at
CLO3 Problem-based Learning, and
work in class/fieldwork), Viva voce
CLO4 Presentation, Laboratory experiments
CLO5

Learning Materials
R.P. Ward, Introduction to Electrical Engineering, 3/e, Prentice Hall, 1985.
Recommended R.M. Kerchner and G.F. Corcoran, Alternating-Current circuits, 4/e, Toppan, Tokyo, 1997.
Readings M. C. Kelley and B. Nichols, Introductory Linear Electrical Circuits and Electronics, 1/e, John Wiley and
Sons, 1988.

21
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 1151 Year: First Term: First
Course Title Structured Programming
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale This course is designed to provide knowledge and expertise on structured programming language to solve
various problems.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
1 Program Development: Flow charts, logic, pseudo code, algorithms, memory model. 1
2 Programming Language: Programming languages, Compiler, Interpreter 1
3 Structured Programming: Data types, variables, operators, type of expressions, control structures. 2, 4, 5
4 Control Statements: if-else, switch-case, different types of loops. 2, 4, 5
Section B CLOs
5 Array and Pointers: Arrays and String, Pointers and memory addressing, pointer arithmetic, algorithms.
2, 3, 4, 5
Functions and Program Structures: Function basics, parameter passing conventions, scope rules and
6 storage classes, recursion, header files, preprocessors. 2, 3, 4, 5

7 User Defined Data Type: Structure, Unions, Enumeration. 2, 4


Input and Output: Standard input and output, formatted input and output, file and directory operations,
8 Dynamic memory allocation, garbage collection, command line parameters, error handling, Graphic 2, 4, 5
functions, Compiling, Make file, Debugging.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explain number theory, computer fundamentals, basic terminology used in
CLO1 computer programming, and structured programming concepts. 1, 4
Solve complex computational problems through constructing algorithms and
CLO2 flow-charts and developing programs using a wide range of language 1, 2, 3
Course constructs, tools, techniques, and strategies in C programming.
Learning
Outcomes Develop C programs to solve computational and engineering problems in
CLO3 1, 2, 7, 11
(CLOs) different areas of science.
Work individually and as a team member towards analyzing, decomposing, and
CLO4 solving a large and complex computational problem with effective team 4, 5, 7
collaboration and communication.
Apply knowledge and experience in learning C programs to easily learn other
CLO5 12
programming languages.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion Problem-based quizzes/class tests, class attendance and
CLO3 Learning, and Presentation participation, homework assignments, and a Term
CLO4 final examination
CLO5

22
Learning Materials
E. Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C., Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 5th Edition, India, 2011.
Recommended H. Schildt, Turbo C/C++: The Complete Reference. McGraw-Hill Ryerson Limited, 2nd Edition, US, 1992
Readings
B. Gottried, Programming with C. The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc., 2nd Edition, US, 1996.
Y. P. Kanetkar, Let Us C. BPB Publications, 15th Edition, 2016.

23
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 1152 Year: First Term: First
Course Title Structured Programming Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.5
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale This course is designed to improve skill and expertise on structured programming language by solving
various problems.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Program Development: Flow charts, logic, pseudo code, memory model, compiling and debugging C programs. 1, 2
Structured Programming: Data types, variables, operators, type of expressions, control structures, if-else,
2 3, 4
switch-case, different types of loops, Arrays and String.
Functions and Pointers: Pointers and memory addressing, pointer arithmetic, Function basics, parameter
3 passing conventions, scope rules and storage classes, recursion, header files, preprocessors, Structure, 3, 4
Unions, Enumeration.
4 Input and Output: Standard input and output, formatted input and output, file and directory operations. 3, 4
Memory Management: Dynamic memory allocation, linked lists, garbage collection, command line
5 3, 4
parameters, error handling, Graphic functions, Compiling, Make file, Debugging.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Analyze different types of computational problems and construct
CLO1 algorithms/pseudocode and flow charts for solving those problems. 1, 10
Course CLO2 Write, compile, analyze, and debug programs written in C programming language. 1, 8
Learning Solve real-world computational and engineering problems in different areas of
Outcomes CLO3 science by designing and developing programs using various constructs, 2, 3, 7
(CLOs) techniques, tools, and strategies in C language.
Work individually and as a team member towards analyzing, decomposing, and
CLO4 solving a large and complex computational problem with effective team 4, 5, 7, 12
collaboration and communication.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation
CLO2 Lab Report, Quiz, Lab Test (observing the student at
Problem-based Learning and Presentation work in class/fieldwork), Viva voce
CLO3
Interactive Lectures, Problem analysis, Discussions
CLO4

Learning Materials
E. Balaguruswamy. Programming in ANSI C. Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 5th Edition, India, 2011.
Recommended H. Schildt. Turbo C/C++: The Complete Reference. McGraw-Hill Ryerson Limited, 2nd Edition, US, 1992.
Readings
B. Gottried. Programming with C. The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc., 2nd Edition, US, 1996.
Y. P. Kanetkar. Let Us C. BPB Publications, 15th Edition, 2016.

24
Course Code: 0541 09 Math 1171 Year: First Term: First
Course Title Differential and Integral Calculus
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale The aim of the course will be to provide a solid grounding in this fundamental branch of mathematics for
students who have a limited mathematical background.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Differential Calculus: Limit. Continuity and differentiability. Differentiation of explicit and implicit function
1 and parametric equations. Significance of derivatives. Differentials. Successive differentiation of various 1, 2
types of functions. Leibnitz's theorem
Rolle's Theorem, Mean value theorems. Taylor's theorem in finite and infinite forms. Maclaurin's theorem in
2 1, 2, 3
finite and infinite forms. Langrange's form of remainders.
Cauchy's form of remainder, Euler's theorem. Tangent, Normal, Sub-tangent and subnormal in Cartesian
and polar coordinates, Determination of maximum and minimum values of functional and points of
3 3, 4
inflection, Applications, Evaluation of indeterminate forms by L'Hospitals rule, Curvature, Circle of
curvature, center of curvature and chord of curvature, Evaluate and inviolate, Asymptotes, Envelopes,
Curve tracing.
Section B CLOs
Integral Calculus: Definitions of integration, Integration by method of substitution. Integration by parts,
4 Standard integrals, Integration by the method of successive reduction. Definite integrals, its properties and 4
use in summing series

5 Vallis's formulae. Improper Integrals, Beta function and Gamma function, application of Beta and Gamma 4
function. Area under a plane curve in Cartesian and Polar coordinates.
Area of the region enclosed by two curves in Cartesian and Polar coordinates. Elements of numerical
6 5
integration, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s rule.
Arc lengths of curves in Cartesian and Polar coordinates, parametric and pedal equations. Intrinsic
7 equation. Volumes of solids of revolution. Volume of hollow solids of revolution by shell method. Area of 5, 6
surface of revolution.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Recognize and determine infinite limits and limits at infinity and interpret with
CLO1 respect to asymptotic behavior and different theorems. 1, 2, 3
Determine the existence of, estimate numerically and graphically, and find
CLO2 1, 2
Course algebraically the limits of functions.
Learning Determine absolute extrema for a continuous function on a closed interval. Use
CLO3 1, 2
Outcomes these and other appropriate techniques to solve optimization problems.
(CLOs) CLO4 Use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to evaluate definite integrals. 1, 2, 5
Demonstrate the concept of different coordinate systems and use definite
CLO5 1, 2, 6
integrals to find areas of planar regions.
Identify functions and apply differential and integral calculus to interpret the
CLO6 1, 2, 7
physical systems and processes.

25
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
quizzes/class tests, class attendance and
CLO3 Lecture, Group Discussion Problem-based participation, homework assignments, and a Term
CLO4 Learning, and Presentation final examination
CLO5
CLO6

Learning Materials
M.R. Spiegel, Advanced Calculus, I/e, McGraw-Hill, 1974
Thomas & Finney, Calculus & Analytic Geometry, 6/e, Norosa publishing House, India, 1996
Recommended JR.F. Ayres, Schaum’s outline of Theory and problems of Calculus(Differential & Integral), 2/e,
Readings McGraw-Hill, 1974
Das & Mukharjee, Differential Calculus, 43/e, Dhur & Sons, India, 1997
Das & Mukharjee, Integral Calculus, 43/e, Dhur & Sons, India, 1997

26
Course Code: 0714 09 Phy 1173 Year: First Term: First
Course Title Physics
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide fundamental knowledge on Heat and Thermodynamics, Optics, Harmonic
Rationale Oscillators, Wave motion, Sound Wave, Interference and Beats which will be required in different courses
of the program.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Nature of Heat: Concept of Heat, Heat capacity and its measurement, Heat transfer, Concept of ideal gas
1 and perfect gas, Equation of state of a gas, Specific heats of gases, Kinetic theory of gas, Principal of 1, 2
equipartition of energy.
Laws of Thermodynamics: Temperature and zeroth law of thermodynamics, 1st and 2nd law of
2 1, 2
thermodynamics, Entropy, Carton cycle, Efficiency of Carton’s engine.
Optics: Nature of light, Theories of light, Optical path and geometrical path, Interference of light, Diffraction
3 of light. 3
Section B CLOs
Harmonic Oscillators: Simple harmonic motion, Differential equation of SHM and its solution, Graphical
4 representation of SHM, Energy of vibrating particle, Lissajous figure: Formation of Lissajous pattern and its 3
formation with different ratio, Measurement of phase difference and frequency by Lissajous figure.
Wave motion: Wave motion, Characteristics of wave motion, Transverse and longitudinal wave motion and
5 their demonstration, Differential equation of wave motion, Particle velocity and wave velocity, Distribution 4
of velocity and pressure in a plane progressive wave.
Sound Wave: Audible, ultrasonic, infrasonic and supersonic sounds, applications of ultrasonic sound,
6 Doppler’s effects and its application. 4
7 Interference and Beats: Energy distribution, Beats, Analytic treatment of Beats, Combination of tones. 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand kinetic theory of gas and hence can be able to deduce the laws of
CLO1 gases. 1, 2
Course
Describe different heat transfer processes, Understand internal energy of gas,
Learning
CLO2 Explain specific heat of gas and its significance and Understand Carnot cycle 2, 4
Outcomes
and efficiency of a heat engine.
(CLOs)
CLO3 Know about different principles of light. 3, 5
Describe physical significance of wave and can be able to classify them
CLO4 7, 11
according to their nature, properties and origin.

27
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
quizzes/class tests, class attendance and
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion Problem-based
participation, homework assignments, and a Term
CLO3 Learning, and Presentation
final examination
CLO4

Learning Materials
B. Lal, N. Subrahmanyam, and P. S. Hemne. Heat Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics. S. Chand
Recommended Group, Revised Edition, India, 2007.
Readings A. P. French. Vibrations and Waves. CRC Press, US, 1971.
G.F. Lothian. Optics and its Uses. Van Nostrand Reinhold, US, 1975.

28
Course Code: 0714 09 Phy 1174 Year: First Term: First
Course Title Physics Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) 0533 09 Phy 1174
This course is to introduce one to the proper methods for conducting controlled physics experiments,
Rationale including the acquisition, analysis and physical interpretation of data. The course involves experiments
which illustrate the principles of heat and thermodynamics, waves and oscillations and optics.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Specific heat of a liquid by the method of cooling 1
2 Co-efficient of thermal conductivity of a metal using Searle’s apparatus 1
3 Thermal conductivity of a bad conductor by Lees and Chorlton’s method 2, 3
Variation of the frequency of a tuning fork with the length of a sonometer (n-l curve) under given tension,
4 2, 3
and hence determination of the unknown frequency of a tuning fork
5 Laws of transverse vibration of a stretched string by sonometer 2, 3
6 Refractive index of a liquid 2, 3
7 Radius of curvature of a lens 2, 3

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course Enhance students’ knowledge in experimental physics for higher study and
Learning CLO1 research activities. 1, 2
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO2 Provide an opportunity to students with utilizing their theoretical knowledge. 5, 7
CLO3 Enable students to operate the instruments of Physics. 8, 10

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture, Group Discussion, Problem-based Learning, Lab Report, Quiz, Lab Test (observing the student at
CLO2 work in class/fieldwork), Viva voce
and Presentation, Laboratory experiments
CLO3

Learning Materials
B. Lal, N. Subrahmanyam, and P. S. Hemne. Heat Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics. S. Chand
Recommended Group, Revised Edition, India, 2007.
Readings A. P. French. Vibrations and Waves. CRC Press, US, 1971.
G.F. Lothian. Optics and its Uses. Van Nostrand Reinhold, US, 1975.

29
Course Code: 0531 09 Chem 1175 Year: First Term: First
Course Title Chemistry
Course Status Core
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide a fundamental foundation about the material properties and also provide the
Rationale scientific reasoning and uses of different material in the electrical and electronics domain.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Atomic structure, quantum numbers, electronic configuration, periodic table; Properties and uses of noble
1 1, 2
gases; Different types of chemical bonds and their properties.
Chemical bonding and concept of conductor, insulator, semiconductor, Molecular structures of
2 3
compounds; Selective organic reactions. Introduction to computational chemistry.
Different types of solutions and their compositions; phase value, phase diagram of the monocomponent
3 1, 2
system; Properties of dilute solutions.
Section B CLOs
4 Thermochemistry, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium 1, 2
5 Ionization of water and pH concept; Electrical properties of the solution. 1, 3
Introduction to electrochemistry, electrolytic conduction, electrochemical cell and concentration cell,
6 4
electrode potential and emf of a cell, electro kinetics.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Interpret the basic knowledge about the atomic and structure level of different
CLO1 molecules. 1, 2, 5
Course
Identify the knowledge related to material selection for Electrical and
Learning CLO2 1, 2, 6
Electronics engineering field.
Outcomes
(CLOs) Apply the concept of semi- conductivity, superconductivity and liquid crystal
CLO3 and solar energy. 3, 7
Discover the need and importance of chemistry in the Electrical and
CLO4 3, 9
Electronics engineering field.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Quizzes/class tests, Class attendance and
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion Problem-based
participation, Homework, Assignments, and a Term
CLO3 Learning, and Presentation
final examination
CLO4

Learning Materials
H. Kuhn, H.D. Forsterling, D.H. Waldeck, Principle of Physical Chemistry, Wiley.
Recommended
M.M. Haque, M.A. Nawab, Principle of Physical Chemistry, Prentice HAll
Readings
P. Atkinson, J.D. Paul, Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press.

30 Year Missing
Course Code: 0714 09 Chem 1176 Year: First Term: First
Course Title Chemistry Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to perform experiments to verify practically the fundamental foundation of the material
Rationale properties and also provide the scientific reasoning and uses of different materials in the electrical and
electronics domain.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Atomic structure, quantum numbers, electronic configuration, periodic table; Properties and uses of noble
1 1, 2
gases; Different types of chemical bonds and their properties.
Chemical bonding and concept of conductor, insulator, semiconductor, Molecular structures of
2 3
compounds; Selective organic reactions. Introduction to computational chemistry.
Different types of solutions and their compositions; phase value, phase diagram of the mono-component
3 1, 2
system; Properties of dilute solutions.
4 Thermochemistry, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium. 1, 2
5 Ionization of water and pH concept; Electrical properties of the solution. 1, 3
Introduction to electrochemistry, electrolytic conduction, electrochemical cell and concentration cell,
6 4
electrode potential and emf of a cell, electro kinetics.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Interpret the basic knowledge about the atomic and structure level of different
CLO1 molecules in the laboratory. 1, 2
Course
Apply the knowledge related to material selection for the Electrical and
Learning CLO2 1, 2
Electronics engineering field.
Outcomes
(CLOs) Apply and verify the concept of semi- conductivity, superconductivity and liquid
CLO3 3, 4
crystal and solar energy
Discover the need and importance of chemistry in the Electrical and
CLO4 3, 7, 8, 10, 12
Electronics engineering field.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Quizzes/class tests, Class attendance and
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion Problem-based
participation, Homework, Assignments, and a Term
CLO3 Learning, and Presentation
final examination
CLO4

Learning Materials
H. Kuhn, H.D. Forsterling, D.H. Waldeck, Principle of Physical Chemistry, Wiley.
Recommended
M.M. Haque, M.A. Nawab, Principle of Physical Chemistry, Prentice HAll
Readings
P. Atkinson, J.D. Paul, Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press.

Year Missing
31
First Year Second Term
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 1201 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Electrical Circuits II
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This is the basic and essential course for students to develop the fundamental skills on resonance, filters,
transients, coupled circuits, poly-phase circuits and magnetic circuits. This course will prepare the
Rationale
students for more advanced courses in circuit analysis so that after graduation, they can apply the
knowledge in industry and engineering fields.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Coupled Circuits: Concept of coupling, mutual impedance, conductive coupled circuit, co-efficient of
1 coupling, magnetic coupled circuit, dot convention, Mutual inductance between parallel branches Vector 1, 2
Diagrams, Air-core Transformer Examples of Air-core transformer.
Poly-phase Circuits: Analysis of three phase circuits – three phase supply, balanced and unbalanced
circuits, power calculation and measurements, power factor improvement, Power Measurement in
2 2
3-phase Circuits, Two Wattmeter Method Unbalanced Load, Two Wattmeter Method, Balanced Load,
Variations in Wattmeter Readings, Watt-ratio curve.
Transient Analysis: Introduction, Types of Transients, RL with dc source, Time Constant, RC circuit with dc
source, Saw-tooth wave produced with simple transient effects, Time Constant, Transient analysis of RL
3 and RC Circuit with ac source, Charge and Voltage generation of RC circuit with ac source, Transient 3
analysis of RLC Circuit with ac source, Current waveform generation of RLC circuits with ac source, for
different circuit conditions, Resonance current curve for series RLC circuit.
Section B CLOs
Resonance in AC circuits: Series and parallel resonance circuits – quality factor, selectivity, frequency
4 3
response, applications;
Filters: Introduction, different types of passive filters and their frequency responses, Bode plot, Active and
5 passive filters, Filter design, Filter transfer coefficient, Frequency response of Filters, Bode Plot: Magnitude 4
and Angle Plots, corner frequency.
Circuits with non-sinusoidal excitations: Circuit response to a non-sinusoidal input, addition and
subtraction of non-sinusoidal waveforms. Fourier Series What Fourier Series does, Periodic and
6 Non-periodic Waveforms, Dirichlet conditions, Fourier Series Symmetry Conditions: Odd and Even 5
Symmetry, Half Wave Symmetry, Application of Fourier Series in Circuit Analysis, Circuits applied to
non-sinusoidal excitation, Harmonic Analysis.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Explain the characteristics of coupled circuits; 1, 2, 3
Course Interpret the circuit parameters of different types of coupled circuits and
CLO2 2, 4
Learning poly-phase systems;
Outcomes Apply and analyze the transient response and resonance in different R,L,C
(CLOs) CLO3 networks; 3, 5, 6, 7

CLO4 Design and develop the basic characteristics of different passive filters; 1, 2
CLO5 Interpret the response of the non-sinusoidal input to the different circuits. 2, 10, 11, 12

32
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Quizzes/class tests, Class attendance and
Lecture, Group Discussion Problem-based
CLO3 participation, Homework, Assignments, and a Term
Learning, and Presentation
CLO4 final examination
CLO5

Learning Materials
R. M. Kerchner and G.F. Corcoran, Alternating-Current circuits, 4/e, Toppan, Tokyo, 1997.
M. C. Kelley and B. Nichols, Introductory Linear Electrical Circuits and Electronics, 1/e, John Wiley and
Recommended
Sons, 1988
Readings
B.L. Theraja and A.K. Theraja, A Text Book of Electrical Technology, 23/Rev. Edn., Schand, 2007.
R. L. Boylestad, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 13/e, Prentice Hall, 2015.

33
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 1202 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Electrical Circuits II Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.5
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop hands-on skills in transients, passive filters, coupled circuits, poly phase
Rationale
circuits, and magnetic circuits.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Mutual impedance, mutual reactance, coefficient of coupling of conductive and magnetic coupled circuits. 1
Relationship between line voltage and phase voltage of Yor ∆ connected poly-phase systems.
2 2
Power measurement of a three phase system using two wattmeter methods.
3 Transient Analysis of R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits with ac and dc sources. 3
4 Series and parallel resonance in R-L-C networks. 3
5 Frequency responses of filters and plot frequency response curves (Bode plots). 4
6 The response of non-sinusoidal input to different circuits. 4, 5

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Demonstrate the theoretical characteristics of coupled circuits; 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7
Course
Measure the circuit parameters of different types of coupled circuits and
Learning CLO2 2, 8, 9
poly-phase systems;
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 Analyze the transient response and resonance in different RLC networks; 3, 10, 11
CLO4 Explain the fundamental features of different passive filters; 1, 2
CLO5 Interpret the response of the non-sinusoidal input to the different circuits. 2, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion,
Lab Report, Quiz, Lab Test (observing the student at
CLO3 Problem-based Learning, and
work in class/fieldwork), Viva voce
CLO4 Presentation, Laboratory experiments
CLO5

Learning Materials
R.M. Kerchner and G.F. Corcoran, Alternating-Current circuits, 4/e, Toppan, Tokyo, 1997.
M. C. Kelley and B. Nichols, Introductory Linear Electrical Circuits and Electronics, 1/e, John Wiley and
Recommended Sons, 1988
Readings B.L. Theraja and A.K. Theraja, A Text Book of Electrical Technology, 22/e, Nirja construction and
Development, 1989
R. L. Boylestad, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 13/e, Prentice Hall, 2015.

34
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 1203 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Bipolar and Unipolar Devices and Circuits
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This fundamental course on bipolar electronics provides an opportunity to the students to acquire the
Rationale
essential knowledge on semiconductor electronic devices, and their applications.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction to metal, semiconductor and insulator, types of semiconductor: p-type and n-type; p-n junction
1 diode and its characteristics, clippers, clampers, p-n junction diode as rectifiers: half wave and full wave. 1
Bipolar junction transistor (BJT) construction, characteristics, operation, DC biasing and thermal
2 stabilization; BJT AC analysis: BJT at low frequencies: hybrid h model, analysis of transistor amplifier circuit 2
using h-parameters, BJT at high frequencies: hybrid pi-model.
Section B CLOs
Field effect transistor (FET): the junction field effect transistor (JFET) construction, characteristics,
3 operations, pinch off voltage and the behavior of pinch of region, biasing JFETs; Small signal JFET model for 3
low and high frequency, AC analysis of JFET circuits.
Metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (MOSFET): Threshold voltage, power supply
4 requirements, depletion MOSFETs, p-channel MOSFET, n-Channel MOSFET, MOSFET biasing, low frequency 4
CS and CD FET amplifier, FET as a VVR.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Illustrate the construction and application of Semiconductor and p-n junction;
CLO1 design diode circuits and regulated power supply with Zener diodes. 1, 2, 3, 6, 9
Course
Explain BJT construction and working principle, construct and analyze BJT dc
Learning CLO2 1, 2, 3, 6, 9
biasing circuits; Analyze BJT at small signal low/high frequency.
Outcomes
(CLOs) Explain JFET construction and working principle, construct circuits with JFET
CLO3 1, 2, 3, 6, 9
and perform dc and ac analysis.
Illustrate different types of MOSFET construction and working principle,
CLO4 1, 2, 3, 6, 9
construct circuits with MOSFETs and perform dc and ac analysis.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion, Problem-based Learning, Quiz, Class Test, Assignment, Viva voce, and Final
CLO3 Presentation Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
R. Boylestad and L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson Education, 2009.
Recommended
C. Halkias, C. D. Parikh, and J. Millman, Integrated Electronics, 2nd Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2009.
Readings
Albert Paul Malvino; David J Bates, New York, NY : McGraw-Hill Education, 2016.

35
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 1204 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Bipolar and Unipolar Devices and Circuits Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.5
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop essentials laboratory skills in electronic circuits, power supply and
Rationale
amplifiers design, implementation and analysis.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Implement clipper, clamper circuits. 1
2 Design diode rectifiers. 1
3 Study the characteristics of a Zener diode. 1
4 Design a single stage BJT amplifiers (Common Emitter). 2
5 Study of Zener diode-based power supplies. 1
6 Different types of FET characteristics. 3
7 BJT and FET biasing circuits for given specification. 4
8 JFET common source amplifier. 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Design diode circuits, clipper, clamper, rectifiers, Zener voltage regulator 1, 2, 3
Learning
CLO2 Demonstrate transistor based amplifiers; 1, 10
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 Investigate the different types of FETs characteristics 2, 8
CLO4 Design BJT and FET biasing circuits and amplifiers for given specification 1, 2, 3

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture, Group Discussion
CLO2 Lab Report, Quiz, Lab Test (observing the student at
Problem-based Learning and Presentation work in class/fieldwork), Viva voce
CLO3
Laboratory experiments
CLO4

Learning Materials
Recommended R. Boylestad and L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson Education, 2009
Readings C. Halkias, C. D. Parikh, and J. Millman, Integrated Electronics, 2nd Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2009

36
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 1206 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Electrical Services Design
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide the students fundamental knowledge on building services design so that
Rationale
they can apply this knowledge in their profession.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Familiarization with CAD tools for building services design. Introduction to building regulations, codes and
1 standards: BNBC, NFPA etc. 1, 2
Terminology and definitions: fuses, circuit breakers, distribution boxes, cables, bus-bars and conduits.
Familiarization with symbols and legends used for electrical services design. Classification of wiring.
2 Design for illumination and lighting: lux, lumen, choice of luminaries for various applications- domestic 1, 2
building, office building and industry. Wattage rating of common electrical equipment.
Designing electrical distribution system for low and high rise domestic, office and academic buildings, for
multipurpose buildings. Size selection of conductors and breakers, bus-bar trunking (BBT) system for
3 3
various applications. Single line diagram of a typical 11kV/0.415kV, 500kVA sub-station and a 200kVA
pole-mounted transformer.
Familiarization with indoor and underground telephone and fiber optic cables, UTP and CAT5/6 data cables.
Designing routing layout and installation of intercom, PABX, telephone, public address systems, cable TV
4 distribution, LAN and wireless data systems for a building. Safety regulations, design of security systems 4
including CCTV, burglar alarm.
5 Earthing requirements, various earthing methods. Earthing and lightning protection system design. 5
Concept of fire prevention and its importance. Fire detection (smoke, heat etc.) and alarm system (with
6 voice evacuation), firefighting system (sprinkler system, hose). Installation of air-conditioning, heating, lifts 5
and elevators.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Know the terminologies and different CAD tools for building services design 1
Course CLO2 Acquire building code standards 1, 12
Learning
Outcomes CLO3 Equipped with electrical distribution system 1, 2, 11
(CLOs) Know various designing and routing layout and installation of communication
CLO4 2, 3, 6, 7
equipment
CLO5 Use the concept of safety and security measures. 1, 3, 8

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
Lecture, Group Discussion, Problem-based Learning, Lab Report, Quiz, Lab Test (observing the student at
CLO3 and Presentation, Laboratory experiments work in class/fieldwork), Viva voce
CLO4
CLO5

37
Learning Materials
Barrie Rigby, Design of Electrical Services for Buildings, 4/e, Routledge, 2005. ISBN 9780415310833.
Recommended R.M. Kerchner and G.F. Corcoran, Alternating-Current circuits, 4/e, Toppan, Tokyo, 1997.
Readings M. C. Kelley and B. Nichols, Introductory Linear Electrical Circuits and Electronics, 1/e, John Wiley and
Sons, 1988.

38
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 1251 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Object Oriented Programming
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to teach Object-Oriented programming concepts, techniques, and applications
Rationale
using an Object-Oriented programming language.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Basic Principles: Object-oriented (OO) programming; Concept of objects and classes; Correspondence
1 between software objects and real-world objects; Concept of class hierarchies; Object-oriented modeling; 1, 2
Unified Modeling Language (UML).
2 Programming Basics: Program types; Source files and class files; Packages; Basic OO program components. 1, 5
Language Fundamentals: Identifiers; Variables; Values; Data types and operators; Arrays; Strings; Control
3 1, 3
structures; Classes and objects; Data abstraction.
Classes: Constructors and destructors; Methods; Attributes; Class and member scope; Library classes;
4 1, 2, 3, 5
Programmer-defined classes; “Has-a” relationships; Encapsulation; Data hiding and protection.
Inheritance, Interfaces, and Abstract Classes: “Is-a” relationships and inheritance; Overriding of methods;
5 Polymorphism; Run-time binding; Abstract classes and methods; Interfaces. 2, 3
Section B CLOs
Graphics and Event Handling: AWT; Swing; Event-driven programming; Components and containers, Layout
6 4, 5
managers and menus, Applet programming.
File I/O: Streams, Binary versus text files; Reading and writing text files; Reading/Writing an array of objects
7 from/to a file. 1, 3

Exception Handling: Types of exceptions, Exception class, creating customized exceptions and throwing
8 4, 5
them.
9 Concurrent Programming: Threads, States of Java Threads, Runnable interface, Race conditions, Critical 4, 5
sections

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Describe the concept and underlying principles of Object-Oriented
CLO1 Programming and how they are incorporated into the Java programming 1, 5
language
Course Design object-oriented programs using object-oriented modelling techniques.
CLO2 2
Learning
Outcomes Use Java as an object-oriented programming language to solve computer
CLO3 3, 8, 10
(CLOs) problems and build computer systems.
Implement graphical user interface, event handling and exception handling in
CLO4 3, 7
an object-oriented fashion
Work responsibly, effectively and appropriately as an individual and as part of
CLO5 4, 12
group efforts towards software development in object-oriented paradigm.

39
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Quiz; Class Test;
Interactive lecturing, Discussions,
CLO3 Assignment
Problem solving
CLO4 Viva, Laboratory Test
CLO5

Learning Materials
Recommended Lewis & Loftus, “Java Software Solutions – Foundations of Program Design”, Addison Wesly, 8th edition,
Readings 2014.
Reference Book:
Deitel & Deitel,” Java: How to Program - Early Objects”, 11th Edition, (ISBN-13: 978-0134743356)
Software/Tools:
Supplementary Java
Readings [Link]
Eclipse Editor
[Link]

40
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 1252 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Object Oriented Programming Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to make the students capable of using the concepts of Object-oriented programming
Rationale
for creating real-life, complex software applications.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Basic Principles: Object-oriented (OO) programming; Concept of objects and classes; Correspondence
1 between software objects and real-world objects; Concept of class hierarchies; Object-oriented modeling; 1
Unified Modeling Language (UML).
Programming Basics: Program types; Source files and class files; Packages; Basic OO program
2 1
components.
Language Fundamentals: Identifiers; Variables; Values; Data types and operators; Arrays; Strings; Control
3 1, 2
structures; Classes and objects; Data abstraction.
Classes: Constructors and destructors; Methods; Attributes; Class and member scope; Library classes;
4 2
Programmer-defined classes; “Has-a” relationships; Encapsulation; Data hiding and protection.
Inheritance, Interfaces, and Abstract Classes: “Is-a” relationships and inheritance; Overriding of methods;
5 2, 3, 4
Polymorphism; Run-time binding; Abstract classes and methods; Interfaces.
Graphics and Event Handling: AWT; Swing; Event-driven programming; Components and containers, Layout
6 2, 3, 4
managers and menus, Applet programming.
File I/O: Streams, Binary versus text files; Reading and writing text files; Reading/Writing an array of objects
7 1, 3, 4
from/to a file.
Exception Handling: Types of exceptions, Exception class, creating customized exceptions and throwing
8 3, 4
them.
9 Concurrent Programming: Threads, States of Java Threads, Runnable interface, Race conditions, Critical 3, 4
sections
10 Writing documentation on the project and presenting it. 4, 5

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Apply the basic concepts such as variables, conditional and iterative execution
CLO1 2, 3
methods to write object-oriented programs
CLO2 Design object-oriented programs using object-oriented modelling techniques. 3, 8
Course
Learning Implement classes, objects, invoking methods, graphical user interface,
Outcomes CLO3 exception and event handling mechanisms to create real-life, complex 3, 7, 8, 10
(CLOs) software applications.
Demonstrate skills, present concepts, and write reports to design, build and
CLO4 5
test software applications in object-oriented paradigm.
Work responsibly, effectively and appropriately as an individual and as part of
CLO5 4
group efforts towards object-oriented software development.

41
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion, Quiz; Class Test;
CLO3 Problem-based Learning, and Assignment
CLO4 Presentation, Laboratory experiments Viva, Laboratory Test
CLO5

Learning Materials
Text Book:
Recommended
Lewis & Loftus, “Java Software Solutions – Foundations of Program Design”, Addison Wesly, 8th edition,
Readings
2014.
Deitel & Deitel,” Java: How to Program - Early Objects”, 11th Edition, (ISBN-13: 978-0134743356)
Timothy Budd, Understanding Object-Oriented Programming with JAVA
Dennis Kafura, Object-oriented Software Design and Construction with Java [Link]
Code Conventions for the Java Programming Language
[Link]
Supplementary
Readings Oracle Java Programmer Certification
[Link]
Sun/Oracle Java tutorial, available at [Link]
Java Tutorial [Link]
UML with Eclipse Tutorial [Link]
Java Example Codes and Tutorials [Link]
Sun Developer Network - Official Glossary [Link]

42
Course Code: 0541 09 Math 1271 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Differential Equations
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Differential equations have wide applications in electrical engineering fields. The two classes of
differential equations, ODE and PDE are focused in this course. The course intends to basic understanding
Rationale
and solutions of differential equations so that the students can use it as a tool to model electric systems
of the next core courses.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Ordinary Differential Equations: Degree and order of ordinary differential equations, Formation of
1 1, 2, 3
differential equations. Solutions of first order differential equations by various methods.
2 Solutions of general linear equations of second and higher orders with constant coefficients. 1, 2, 3
3 Solution of homogeneous linear equations. 1, 2, 3
4 Solution of differential equations of the higher order when the dependent of independent variables are absent. 1, 2
Section B CLOs
5 Partial Differential Equations: Partial differential equations. 1, 2, 3
6 Wave equations. Particular solutions with boundary and initial conditions. 1, 2, 3
7 Solution of differential equation by the method based on the factorization of the operators. Frobenius method. 1, 2
8 Bessel’s and Legendre’s differential equations. 1, 2

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Define, relate, explain and classify different types of differential equations and
CLO1 1, 2, 4, 5
Course theories of it.
Learning Apply, analyze, develop, organize, select and solve different types of differential
CLO2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Outcomes equations.
(CLOs) Simplify, evaluate, explain, model, formulate system and find the solutions
CLO3 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10
using differential equations as tools.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Quizzes/class tests, Class attendance and
Lecture, Group Discussion Problem-based
CLO2 participation, Homework, Assignments, and a Term
Learning, and Presentation
CLO3 final examination

Learning Materials
Recommended Shepley L. Ross, Differential Equations, Wiley, 3Ed, January 2007.
Readings M. D. Raisinghania, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, S. Chand Publishing, 2013
Supplementary
H K Dass, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, S Chand & Co Ltd., 2007
Readings

43
Course Code: 0231 09 ENG 1281 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title English
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course provides the students an opportunity to know the basics skills of English Language and their
Rationale
appropriate uses.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
1 General Discussion: Introduction to various approaches of learning English. 1, 2, 3
Grammatical Problems: Construction of sentences, grammatical errors analysis, sentence variety and
2 1, 5
style, conditionals, appropriate use of tenses, vocabulary and diction.
Reading Skill: Discussion readability, scan and skim reading, generating ideas through purposive reading,
3 2
reading of selected stories.
4 Listening Skill: The phonemic systems and correct English pronunciation. 2
Section B CLOs
Writing Skill: Principles of effective writing, organization, planning and development of scientific writing,
5 2, 3, 4
composition, precis writing, and amplification.
General Strategies for the Writing Process: generating ideas, identifying audiences and purposes,
6 2, 3, 4
construction arguments, stating problems, drafting and finalizing.
7 Report Writing: Defining a report, classification of reports, structure of a report, and writing of reports. 2, 3, 4, 5
Approaches to Communication: Communication today, business communication, different types of
8 5
business communication.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Choose appropriate grammar and English sentence structure 1
Learning CLO2 Develop reading, writing, listening skills; 1, 2
Outcomes CLO3 Develop various strategies of writing; 1, 2
(CLOs)
CLO4 Apply writing strategies on report writing 9, 11
CLO5 Take part in effective Communication 9, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
B. Rogers, TOEFL Success, 30/e, Peterson’s, 2000
Recommended
Readings Michael, Pyle and Mary Ellen Munog, Cliffs TOFEL Guide, 2000
Thomson and Martinet, A Practical English Grammar with Exercise Books, 1986

44
Course Code: 0314 09 Soc 1283 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Sociology
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course provides the students an opportunity to know the basis of different types of societies, order and
Rationale
sequence of the socialization processes and cognitive developments over a life span and can connect evolving
institutional participation, roles and moral codes to specific ages and social experiences over a life time.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Understanding Sociology: Definition, Nature and Scope of Sociology, Development of Sociology, Major
1 1
Theoretical Perspectives of Sociology, Research in Sociology, and Necessity of Studying Sociology.
Basic Concepts of Sociology:
2 1
Society, Community, Association, Institution, Group, Norms, Values, Social Process.
Culture and Social Structure: Meaning and Elements of Culture, Development of Culture around the World,
3 1
Culture and Civilization; Definition and Elements of Social Structure, Social Structure in Global Perspective.
Socialization and Institutions: Meaning, Theories and Agents of Socialization Major Institutions- Family,
4 2
Marriage, Kinship, Property, Division of Labor, Religion, Education, State.
Social Stratification and Inequality: Definition and Theories of Social Stratification, Determinants and
5 2
Forms of Social Stratification; Meaning, Determinants and Dimensions of Social Inequality. Social Mobility.
Section B CLOs
Changing World: Types of Society; Social Change; Theories of Social Change, Resistance to Social Change,
6 3
Technology and Social Change, Urbanization, Industrialization and Social Change.
Mass Media, Communication and Collective Behavior: Meaning and Sociological Perspectives of Mass
Media and Communication; Forms and Theories of Collective Behavior, New Communication Technology
7 4
and Collective Behavior. Deviance, Crime and Social Control: Meaning and Theories of Deviance and Crime,
Juvenile Delinquency; Definition and Agents of Social Control.
Population and Environment: Theories on Population, Basic Demographic Processes, Population and
8 4
Environment.

9 Changing Society of Bangladesh: Social Structure of Colonial Bangladesh, Neo-Colonialism and the 5
Emergence of Bangladesh, Changing Political System and Social Problems of Bangladesh.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explain the concept of society, community, association, institution, group,
CLO1 norms, values, social process, culture, and social structure. 3, 4

Course Illustrate the concept of socialization, theories and agents of socialization,


CLO2 3, 5
Learning social stratification, and inequality
Outcomes Compare and outline the issues of changing world, urbanization, and
CLO3 3, 6
(CLOs) industrialization.
Interpret the effect of mass media, communication and collective behavior,
CLO4 4, 5
population, and environment.
CLO5 Summarize the role of a communication engineer in Bangladesh. 3, 5, 12

45
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Question and answering,
Lecture and Group Discussion
CLO3 Quiz and Class Test
Problem-based Learning and Presentation
CLO4 Assignment and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
Recommended D.C. Bhattacharyya, Sociology, 6/e, Vijoya Publishing House, Calcutta, 1996
Readings M.H. Rahman, Samaj Biggan Parichiti, 4/e, Hasan Book, Dhaka, 1994

46
Course Code: 0714 09 Phil 1285 Year: First Term: Second
Course Title Professional Ethics
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide knowledge on ethical conduct, business honesty, integrity, and best practices
Rationale
in engineering profession.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Definition and scopes of Ethics. Different branches of ethics. Social change and the emergence of new
1 1
technologies. History and development of Engineering Ethics.
Science and Technology necessity and application. Study of Ethics in Engineering. Applied Ethics in
2 engineering. Human qualities of an engineer. Obligation of an engineer to the clients. Attitude of an 2
engineer to other engineers. Measures to be taken to improve the quality of engineering profession.
Section B CLOs
Ethical Expectations: Employers and Employees; inter-professional relationship: Professional
3 3
Organization- maintaining a commitment of Ethical standards.
4 Desired characteristics of a professional code. Institutionalization of Ethical conduct. 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Relate the history and development of Engineering Ethics. 5, 10, 11
Course
Illustrate the necessity of the study of Ethics in Engineering, the attitude of an
Learning CLO2 5, 11, 12
engineer to other engineers.
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 Define the inter-professional relationship. 5, 6
Elaborate the desired characteristics of a professional code and
CLO4 5, 10, 11, 12
institutionalization of ethical conduct.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Group Discussion Question and answering, Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
R. S. Naagarazan, A Textbook on Professional Ethics and Human Values, 1/e, 2006
Recommended
Readings R.R. Gaur, R. Sangal and G.P. Bagaria, A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics,
1/e, 2010

47
Year Second Term First
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2101 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Electronic Amplifiers and Power Supply Circuits
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to learn the knowledge of feedback amplifiers, power amplifiers, oscillators and
Rationale
regulated power supply and apply it for design, implementation and analyses.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Feedback Amplifiers: Feedback concept, Effects of feedback on amplifier characteristics, types of
1 1, 2
feedback amplifiers and its applications.
2 Feedback Circuits: Loop gain, amplifier characteristics of feedback amplifiers. 1, 2
Oscillators: Self-oscillation, its conditions, Phase shift oscillators, Wien bridge oscillator, Frequency of
3 1, 2, 3
oscillation and Loop gain.
4 Tuned Oscillators: Colpitts, Hartley, and crystal oscillators, Frequency of oscillation and Loop gain. 1, 2, 3
Section B CLOs
Power Amplifiers: Class A, Class B, Class AB, Class C, Class D, ac and dc load lines, efficiency,
5 Transformer-Coupled push–pull amplifier, Complementary-symmetry circuits, Complementary-symmetry 1, 2, 3
push–pull, Darlington pair, and Feedback pair.
6 Amplifier Distortion: Crossover distortion, harmonics, harmonic distortion, Total harmonic distortion, 1, 2
Heat Sinking: Average power dissipation, Thermal resistance, Junction temperature and Heat sink.
7 Tuned Amplifier: Class C amplifier, its construction, operation and design, Bandwidth and Q–factor. 1, 2, 3
Power Supply: Unregulated power supply, Voltage regulation, Electronic circuits of regulators, its
construction, operation and design, IC regulator, its characteristics, IC based regulated power supply and 1, 2, 3
8
Switch-mode power supply.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course Know, illustrate, relate and demonstrate feedback amplifiers, its applications,
CLO1 power amplifiers and power supply circuits. 1, 2, 12
Learning
Outcomes Apply, develop and analyze feedback amplifiers, its applications, power
(CLOs) CLO2 2, 4, 5, 7, 11
amplifiers and power supply circuits.
CLO3 Solve, explain, evaluate and design the electronic systems. 3, 7, 8, 9, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture and Group Discussion Question and answering, Quiz and Class Test
CLO2
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3

48
Learning Materials
Millman & Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw-Hill, India, 1991.
Recommended
Readings Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson Education,
11th Ed, 2013.
Supplementary
Thomas L. Floyd, Electronic devices: conventional current version, Pearson Education, 9th Ed, 2012.
Readings

49
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2102 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Electronic Amplifiers and Power Supply Circuits Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.5
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to verify the principles of feedback amplifiers, oscillators, power amplifiers and
Rationale
power supply circuits and develop skills to apply, design, implement and analyze these concepts.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Demonstration, verification of the related principles, and design and implementation of different feedback
1 1, 2, 3
amplifiers.
Application and verification of the related principles, and design and implementation of different
2 1, 2, 3
oscillators.
Ethical Expectations: Employers and Employees; inter-professional relationship: Professional
3 1, 2, 3
Organization- maintaining a commitment of Ethical standards.
4 Desired characteristics of a professional code. Institutionalization of Ethical conduct. 1, 2, 3

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Define different terminologies, recall and demonstrate the principles of
Course CLO1 feedback amplifiers, oscillators, power amplifiers and power supply circuits. 1, 2, 4, 11 12
Learning
Outcomes Apply, analyze and solve related problems, and develop the related circuits of
CLO2 2, 5, 8, 9, 12
(CLOs) feedback amplifiers, oscillators, power amplifiers and power supply.
Measure different parameters, design and implement the related circuits of
CLO3 3, 10, 12
feedback amplifiers, oscillators, power amplifiers and power supply.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture, Group Discussion
Lab Report, Quiz, Lab Test
CLO2 Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Project as Assignment, Viva voce
CLO3 Laboratory experiments and CAD

Learning Materials
Millman & Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw-Hill, India, 1991.
Recommended Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, Pearson Education,
Readings 11th Ed, 2013.
Laboratory Manual.
Supplementary
Thomas L. Floyd, “Electronic devices: conventional current version”, Pearson Education, 9th Ed, 2012.
Readings

50
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2103 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Signals and Systems
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to develop fundamental engineering knowledge in the signals and systems, their
Rationale models, classifications and analysis of continuous time signals and systems in time and different
transform domains.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Signals and Systems: Introduction; Classification of Signals and Systems Exponential and Sinusoidal
Signals, Concepts of Impulse Function, Unit Step Function, Signum Function; Convolution and Correlation
1 1, 2
of Signals, Response of a Continuous-Time LTI System and the Convolution Integral; Properties of
Continuous-Time LTI Systems; Eigen functions of Continuous-Time LTI Systems;
Classical Solutions of Linear Differential Equations: Introduction, Systems Described by Linear Differential
2 Equations, Linear Equations of the First Order, Higher-Order linear Equations with Constant Coefficients, 1, 2
Simultaneous Differential Equations, Applications of Linear Differential Equations
Fourier series: Representation of Fourier Series, Continuous Time Periodic Signals, Properties of Fourier
3 Series, Dirichlet’s Conditions, Trigonometric Fourier Series and Exponential Fourier Series, Complex Fourier 2, 3
Spectrum
Fourier Transforms: Deriving Fourier Transform from Fourier series, Fourier Transform of Arbitrary Signal,
Fourier Transform of Standard Signals, Fourier Transform of Periodic Signals, Properties of Fourier
4 2, 3, 4
Transform, Fourier Transforms Involving Impulse Function and Signum Function, Introduction to Hilbert
Transform, The Frequency Response of Continuous-Time LTI Systems, Filter characteristic of Linear System
Section B CLOs
Laplace Transform and Continuous-Time LTI Systems: Introduction, From Fourier Transform to Laplace
Transform, Laplace Transforms of Elementary and Important Functions, Properties of the Laplace
5 1, 3, 4
Transform, Laplace Transform of Periodic Functions, Laplace Transformation of Operations, The System
Function, The Unilateral Laplace Transform
Applications of Laplace Transformation: Introduction, Solution of Linear Differential Equations, The Inverse
transformation, Heaviside’s expansion theorem, Analysis of System Response, Initial and Final Values,
6 3, 4
Response to Periodic Sinusoidal Excitations, The Impedance concept, Response to Periodic Nonsinusoidal
Excitations
The z-Transform: Introduction, The z-Transform, z-Transforms of Some Common Sequences, The Inverse 1, 3, 4
7
z-Transform, Applications of z-transform to Sampled-Data Systems

51
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Classify signals, describe signals mathematically, and understand how to
CLO1 perform mathematical operations on signals. 1, 2
Understand system properties, describe systems using linear constant
CLO2 coefficient differential equations and perform the process of convolution 1, 2, 11
between signals and understand its implication for analysis of linear
time-invariant systems.
Course
Compute the Fourier series or Fourier transform of a set of well-defined signals
Learning
CLO3 from first principles and use the properties of the Fourier transform to compute 1, 2, 5
Outcomes
the Fourier transform (and its inverse) for a broader class of signals.
(CLOs)
Compute the Laplace transform of a set of well-defined signals and use the
CLO4 properties of the Laplace transform to compute the Laplace transform (and its 9, 10
inverse) for a broader class of signals.
Solve a linear constant coefficient differential equation using Laplace
CLO5 2
transform techniques.
Perform z-transform on common sequences and apply z-transform to analyze
CLO6 2
sample data systems.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
CLO3 Lecture, Group Discussion, Problem-based Learning, Quiz, Class Test, Assignment, Viva voce, and Final
CLO4 Presentation Exam
CLO5
CLO6

Learning Materials
David K. Cheng, Analysis of linear systems, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., 1959
Samir S. Soliman, Mandyam D. Srinath, Continuous And Discrete Signals And Systems (2nd Edition),
2015
Recommended
Readings Edward A. Lee, Pravin Varaiya, Structure and interpretation of signals and systems, Addison-Wesley
Publishing Company, Inc., 2002
Mrinal Mandal, Amir Asif, Continuous and discrete time signals and systems, Cambridge University
Press, 2007

52
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2104 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Signals and Systems Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to experiment with the knowledge gained on signals and systems, their models,
Rationale classifications and analysis of continuous time signals and systems in time and different transform
domains from corresponding theory course.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Different Types of Elemental Signal Generation and Analysis; Response of a Continuous-Time LTI System
1 and the Convolution Integral 1, 2
2 Systems Described by Linear Differential Equations 1, 2
3 Trigonometric Fourier Series and Exponential Fourier Series 2, 3
4 The Frequency Response of Continuous-Time LTI Systems and Filter characteristic of Linear System 2, 3, 4
5 Laplace Transforms of Elementary and Important Functions, Periodic Functions, and Operations 1, 3
6 Applications of Laplace Transformation in solving Linear Differential Equations and Analysing System Response 3, 4
7 z-Transforms of Common Sequences 1, 3
Applications of z-Transformation in solving Linear Constant Coefficient Difference Equations and
8 Analysing Sample Data Systems. 3, 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Identify and differentiate various signal functions and systems. 1, 2
Learning
CLO2 Represent any arbitrary signal in time and frequency domain. 1, 2
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 Understand the characteristics of linear time invariant systems. 1, 2, 5
CLO4 Analyze the signals with different transform techniques. 9, 10, 11

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture, Group Discussion
CLO2 Lab Report, Quiz, Lab Test
Problem-based Learning and Presentation
CLO3 Project as Assignment, Viva voce
Laboratory experiments and CAD
CLO4

Learning Materials
David K. Cheng, Analysis of linear systems, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., 1959
Samir S. Soliman, Mandyam D. Srinath, Continuous And Discrete Signals And Systems (2nd Edition), 2015
Edward A. Lee, Pravin Varaiya, Structure and interpretation of signals and systems, Addison-Wesley
Recommended Publishing Company, Inc., 2002
Readings Mrinal Mandal, Amir Asif, Continuous and discrete time signals and systems, Cambridge University
Press, 2007
Steven T. Karris, Signals and Systems with MATLAB Applications, Orchard Publications, 2003

53
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2105 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Electrical Machine I
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide basic concept of transformers, three phase transformers, induction motors,
Rationale
and induction generator.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Transformer: Principle of operation, construction, no load, and excitation current, behavior during loading,
effect of leakage flux, ideal transformer, leakage reactance and equivalent circuit of a transformer, vector
diagram, no-load and full load test, equivalent impedance, voltage regulation, per unit quantities,
1 regulation, losses, and efficiency, Determination of parameters by short and open circuit tests, polarity of 1, 4
transformer windings, vector group, transformer parallel operation, Harmonics in excitation current,
transformer inrush current, autotransformer, instrument transformers.
Three Phase Transformer: Three phase transformer connections, three phase transformers, harmonic
2 1, 4
suppression in three phase transformer connection.
Section B CLOs
DC Generators: General working principle and construction of dc generator, different windings, pitches and
3 cores of generator, generator types, emf equation and different losses in generator, power stage and efficiency, 2
armature reaction and commutation, no-load voltage characteristics, buildup of a self-excited shunt generator,
load-voltage characteristic, effect of speed on no-load and load characteristics and voltage regulation.
DC Motors: Principle of operation, constructional features, back emf and torque equations, armature
reaction and its effect on motor performance, compensating winding, problems of commutation and their
4 2, 3, 4
mitigations, types of dc motors and their torque speed characteristics, starting and speed control of dc
motors, applications of different types of dc motor, speed control of dc motors.
5 Special dc motors: Stepper motor, permanent magnet dc motor, servo motor. 3

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Demonstrate the working principle of a practical transformer. 1, 2
Learning Explain the construction, working principle, characteristics of dc generator and
CLO2 1, 2, 10
Outcomes motor.
(CLOs) CLO3 Illustrate the torque speed characteristics of different types of dc motors. 1, 2, 9, 10, 11
CLO4 Estimate input power, output power, and draw phasor diagram. 1, 2, 7

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 • Question and answering,
CLO2 • Lecture and Group Discussion
• Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 • Problem-based Learning and Presentation
• Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Recommended A. K. Theraja and B.L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology: AC and DC Machines - Vol 2, 1/e, 1959.
Readings V. K. Meheta and Rohit Meheta, Principles of Electrical Machine, S. Chand Publishing, 2008.

54
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2106 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Electrical Machine I Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.5
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale The course intends to help the students to work practically with the transformers and dc machines.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Construction and working principle of transformer: Measuring AC voltage, current, and power,
1 understanding transformer principles, connections, polarity, and power efficiency.
1
Transformer open circuit and short circuit tests: Finding the parameters of the equivalent circuit of a
2 transformer, regulation and efficiency and loses at a given load, excitation characteristics of the transformer.
Three phase transformers: Operating characteristics of three phase transformer, connection of
3
transformer windings in Y and ∆, transformer sequence voltages, currents and impedances
2
Autotransformer: Operating principles of an autotransformer, using a conventional (isolation) transformer
4
as an autotransformer, basic characteristics of devices in the auto transformer circuits.
Construction and working principle of DC machine: Generation of DC voltages, constructional details of
5
different types of DC machines, DC machines working principle and their performance.
3
Characterization of DC generator: Open circuit characteristics (OCC) or magnetization characteristic, determining
6
the critical field resistance and the critical speed, the external and internal characteristic of a DC generator.
Characterization of DC motor: Speed-voltage characteristics of a separately excited DC motor, speed
7
torque characteristics for different armature voltage.
4
Speed control of a DC motor: To control the speed of a DC shunt motor by the method of armature control,
8
flux control or field control.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Demonstrate the construction and working principle of transformer; Determine the
CLO1 1, 2, 7, 8, 10
Course efficiency and losses of Transformers at open circuit and short circuit conditions.
Learning CLO2 Experiment with Three-phase transformers; Experiment with Autotransformers. 2, 8
Outcomes Demonstrate the construction and working principle of DC machine;
(CLOs) CLO3 2, 8, 10, 11
determine different parameters of DC generator and DC motor.
Determine load, torque, speed of DC motor;Control the speed of a DC motor by
CLO4 1, 2, 7, 8
different means.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture, Group Discussion Lab Report
CLO2 Problem-based Learning and Quiz, Lab Test
CLO3 Presentation Project as Assignment
CLO4 Laboratory experiments and CAD Viva voce

Learning Materials
Recommended A. K. Theraja and B.L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology: AC and DC Machines - Vol 2, 1/e, 1959.
Readings V. K. Meheta and Rohit Meheta, Principles of Electrical Machine, S. Chand Publishing, 2008.

55
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 2151 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Data Structures and Algorithms
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0.
Prerequisite(s) None
The course is designed to enlighten on the primary concept to fundamental data structures and explains
abstract data types and their representations based on arrays, pointers and Linked list, design algorithms,
Rationale
asymptotic notations, divide and conquer methods, greedy strategy, dynamic programming, backtracking,
branch and bound methods, optimization, and concepts of classes of problems.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction: concept and importance of data, data structure,relation between the data structure and
1 algorithm (program), major operations on the data structure. 1
Array: Definition of one dimensional and two dimensional arrays and their representations, different
2 1, 2, 3
operations using an array.
Linked List: Concept of pointers, linear linked list, doubly linked list, circular linked list. Operation on each
3 type of liked list. 2, 3
Stack: Definition of the stack, its implementation using an array and linked list. Prefix to postfix conversion
4 2, 3
using the stack. Evaluation of mathematical expression using the stack.
Queue: Concept of the queue, representation of queue using an array and linked list with implementation.
5 Drawbacks for array based queue and application of queue in the network and internet. 2, 3
Tree: definition of different types of trees. Representation of binary tree using an array and linked list. Binary
6 tree traversal methods. Binary search tree and different operations on it, Balance binary search trees, AVL 2, 3
trees. The concept of the heap, Fibonacci heaps, binomial heaps and different operations on the heap.
Graph: The concept of different types of graphs. Representation of graphs using an array and linked lists.
7 Graph traversal methods. Definition of spanning tree and minimum cost spanning tree. 2, 3, 4

Section B CLOs
Introduction: Basic concept of algorithm and its analysis, the importance of algorithm and application
8 1
areas.
Asymptotic Analysis: Time complexity and space complexity, Growth functions, O, Ω and θ notations,
9 1, 2
recurrences.
Methods of Designing Algorithms: Divide and Conquer, Greedy method, Dynamic Programming, and
10 2, 3
Backtracking.
Searching and Sorting: Definition of searching and algorithms related to searching. The concept of internal
11 and external sorts. Some elementary sorting algorithms (selection sort, insertion sort, merge sort, quick 2,3
sort, heap sort).
12 Basic Search and Traversal Technique: BFS, DFS, and their applications. 2, 3
13 Branch and Bound Method (BBM): Solving different problems and Design algorithms using BBM. 2, 3, 4
Theory of complexity: Deterministic and non-deterministic algorithms, Introduction to NP-complete and 1, 2, 3
14 NP-hard problems.

56
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Identify the important terminologies used in data structures and its
CLO1 organization, the important terminologies used in designing and analysis of 1, 2, 10
Course algorithms.
Learning Understand the basic data structures and their uses, the existing algorithms
CLO2 1, 2, 3
Outcomes that are the solutions to some problems.
(CLOs) Explain the different types of data structures that are based on basic data
CLO3 2, 3, 4, 11
structures; the algorithms and their analyses.

CLO4 Think and Design new data structures that can be used to solve hard problem 2, 3, 4, 5
efficiently; Design new algorithms as solutions to the problems

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Question and answering,
CLO2 Lecture and Group Discussion
Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Md. Rafiqul Islam and M A Mottalib, Data Structure Fundamentals, ULAB.
E Horowitz, S Sahani and D Mehta, Fundaments of Data Structures in C++, Galgotiaa publications Pvt
Ltd.
D E Knuth, Art of Programming, Volume 1: Fundamental Algorithms, Edison Wisely
D E Knuth Art of Programming, Volume 3: Searching and sorting, Edison Wisely
Thomas H. Corman, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, Third Edition or
Later, Prentice-Hall;
Thomas H. Corman, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, Third Edition or
Recommended Later, Prentice-Hall;
Readings Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, and Rajasekaran, Computer Algorithms, Galgotia publications Pvt. Ltd.
D E Knuth, Art of Programming, Volume 1: Fundamental Algorithms, Edison Wisely
D E Knuth, Art of Programming, Volume 2: Seminumerical Algorithms, Edison Wisely
D E Knuth, Art of Programming, Volume 3: Searching and sorting, Edison Wisely
Md. Rafiqul Islam and M A Mottalib, Data Structure Fundamentals, ULAB.
E Horowitz, S Sahani and D Mehta, Fundaments of Data Structures in C++, Galgotiaa publications Pvt
Ltd.

Year Missing
do not match with the reference style

57
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 2152 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Data Structures and Algorithms Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale The course is designed to provide ability to perform operations on types the data structures and implement
algorithms related to those operations.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Implementation of algorithms related to some operations (searching, arranging) that are used different
1 types of arrays. 1
Implementation of algorithms related different operations (searching, addition, insertion, deletion) on
2 2, 3
different types of linked lists.
Implementation of Stack operations (push and pop) using array and linked based stacks. Implementation
3 of algorithm for Prefix to postfix conversion using the stack. Implementation of algorithm that evaluates a 2, 3
mathematical expression using the stack.
4 Implementation of Queue operations (addition, deletion) using array and linked last based queue 2, 3
Implementation of algorithms related to tree traversal techniques, creation of Binary Search Tree,
5 operations of BST, creation of heap and operation on heap. 2, 3
6 Implementation of one/two simple algorithm from the pseudo-codes and observe their time complexity. 1, 2
Implementation of Algorithms on Divide and Conquer, Greedy method, Dynamic Programming, and
7 2, 3
Backtracking and observe the time complexities of the algorithms.
8 Implementation algorithms of BFS, DFS and observe their differences. 2, 3
Implementation of Searching and Sorting algorithms such as binary search, Some elementary sorting
9 2, 3
algorithms (selection sort, insertion sort, merge sort, quick sort, heap sort).
Implementation of Graph algorithms on All pairs shortest path problem, Euler circuit, Hamiltonian circuit,
10 2, 3
Travelling salesperson problem, graph coloring problem.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand the implementation process of any algorithm using basic data
CLO1 1, 2, 7, 8
structures; the implementation process of any algorithm.
Course
Learning Select appropriate algorithms related to different types of operations on
Outcomes CLO2 various types of data structures; Select appropriate data structure for efficient 1, 2, 3, 11
(CLOs) implementation of the algorithms.
Implement any algorithm that is related to any complex data structure by
CLO3 writing code or from its pseudo code, any algorithm by writing code or from its 2, 3, 4, 5
pseudo code.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture, Group Discussion Lab Report
Problem-based Learning and Quiz, Lab Test
CLO2
Presentation Project as Assignment
CLO3 Laboratory experiments and CAD Viva voce

58
Learning Materials
Md. Rafiqul Islam and M A Mottalib, Data Structure Fundamentals, ULAB.
E Horowitz, S Sahani and D Mehta, Fundaments of Data Structures in C++, Galgotiaa publications Pvt
Ltd.
D E Knuth, Art of Programming, Volume 1: Fundamental Algorithms, Edison Wisely
D E Knuth, Art of Programming, Volume 3: Searching and sorting, Edison Wisely
Thomas H. Corman, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, Third Edition or
Recommended Later, Prentice-Hall;
Readings
Thomas H. Corman, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, Third Edition or
Later, Prentice-Hall;
Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, and Rajasekaran, Computer Algorithms, Galgotia publications Pvt. Ltd.
D E Knuth, Art of Programming, Volume 1: Fundamental Algorithms, Edison Wisely
D E Knuth, Art of Programming, Volume 2: Seminumerical Algorithms, Edison Wisely
D E Knuth, Art of Programming, Volume 3: Searching and sorting, Edison Wisely.

Year Missing
do not match with the reference style

59
Course Code: 0541 09 Math 2171 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Coordinate Geometry and Vector Analysis
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide students with the basic concepts in the area of coordinate geometry and
Rationale
vector analysis which are very much applicable in almost all branches of science and engineering.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Points and Lines in the Plane: Cartesian coordinates in the plane, distance between two points, parametric
1 equations of a line, angle between two lines, the slope of a line, directed distance from a line to a point, the 1
set of lines through a point, oblique axes, the circle.
Lines and Planes in Space: Rectangular coordinates in space, distance between two points, equations of a
line, angle between two lines, an equation of a plane, the directed distance from a plane to a point, a line
2 1, 2
as the intersection of two planes, determinants of the third order, shortest distance between two lines,
determinants of any order, the sphere.
Transformations of Coordinates: Transformations of rectangular coordinates, polar coordinates in the
3 plane, Transformations of rectangular coordinates in space, spherical and cylindrical coordinates. 3
Section B CLOs
Scalar and Vector fields: Introduction to scalar and vector algebra, gradient of a scalar field, the divergence
4 and curl of a vector field, the del-operator, scalar invariant operators, scalar invariant operators, the 4, 5
laplacian operator, vector components in cylindrical and spherical polar coordinates, vector analysis in
n-dimensional space.
Line, Surface and Volume Integrals: Line integral of scalar and vector fields, repeated integrals, double and
5 triple integrals, surfaces, surface and volume integrals. 6
Integral Theorems: The divergence theorem (Gauss’s theorem), Green’s theorems, Stokes’s theorem, limit
6 definitions of div F and curl F, geometrical and physical significance of divergence and curl, applications in 5
potential theory.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Understand the system of coordinates. 1, 2
CLO2 Calculate distance of two points in three dimensional coordinates. 1
Course CLO3 Perform transformation of coordinates. 1, 11
Learning Explain the characteristics of scalar and vector valued functions and master
Outcomes CLO4 2
these in calculations.
(CLOs)
Comprehend the physical interpretation of gradient, divergence, curl and
CLO5 7
related concepts.
CLO6 Perform differentiation and integration of vector valued functions in cartesian, 1
cylindrical and spherical geometry.

60
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
CLO3 Lecture, Group Discussion, Problem-based Learning Class participation, Class test, Assignment and Final
CLO4 and Presentation Exam.
CLO5
CLO6

Learning Materials
Recommended Luther Pfahler Eisenhart, Coordinate Geometry, reprint/e, Dover, 2005.
Readings D. E. Bourne and P. C. Kendall, Vector Analysis and Cartesian Tensors, 3/e, CRC press, 2018.

61
Course Code: 0311 09 Econ 2181 Year: Second Term: First
Course Title Economics
Course Status Core
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is expected to enable students to understand past, future and current economic theories, and
Rationale
apply them to societies, governments, businesses and individuals.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
1 Introduction: Fundamental concept of Economics and relation to engineering; 1
Micro-economics: Theory of supply, demand and their elasticities; Nature of an economic theory,
2 applicability of economic theories to the problem of developing countries; 2, 3
Consumer's equilibrium indifference curve technique; Producer's equilibrium- isoquan; Marginal analysis,
3 3
optimization market.
Section B CLOs
Production: Production function, type of productivity; Rational region of production of an engineering firm.
4 The short run and the long run, fixed cost and variable cost internal and external economics and 2, 4
dis-economics.
Macro-economics: National income accounting, the simple Keynesian analysis of national income,
5 4, 5
employment and inflation. Savings, investment, national income analysis.
6 Inflation monetary policy, fiscal policy and trade policy with reference to Bangladesh. 5

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand the key ideas that define the economic way of thinking as an
CLO1 engineer and policy advisers. 1, 2

Course CLO2 Explain micro and macroeconomic issues, demand, and supply. 2, 3, 5
Learning Demonstrate the nature of an economic theory and understand the consumer's
CLO3 1, 3, 11
Outcomes equilibrium and producer's equilibrium.
(CLOs) CLO4 Describe production function, marginal analysis and different costs. 1, 2
CLO5 Illustrate savings, inflations and policies. 2

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
Roger, A. Amold, Economics, 2/e, West Publishing, 1989
Recommended
Hyman, Economics, 2/e, McGraw-Hill, 1988.
Readings
Seema Singh, Economics for Engineering Students, I K International Publishing House (January 3, 2009)

62
Year Second Term Second
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2201 Year: Second Term: Second
Course Title Solid State Electronic Devices
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide essential background on semiconductor fundamentals and applications to
Rationale
the electronic devices.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
The Crystal Structure of Solids: Semiconductor materials, types of solids, crystal lattices, miller indices,
1 1
bulk crystal growth and epitaxial growth of semiconductor materials.
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics and the Quantum Theory of Solids: The photoelectric effect,
wave-particle duality, the uncertainty principle, the Schrodinger wave equation, potential well problem,
2 3, 4
tunneling, formation of energy bands in solids, electrical conduction in solids, density of states function,
the Fermi-Dirac distribution function and the Fermi energy.
Semiconductors in Equilibrium: Equilibrium distribution of electrons and holes in intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors, electron and hole concentrations, temperature dependence of carrier concentrations,
3 invariance of Fermi energy level, degenerate and non-degenerate semiconductors, charge neutrality and 3, 5
compensated semiconductors.
Carrier Transport Phenomena and Non-equilibrium Excess Carriers in Semiconductors: Carrier drift and
4 diffusion, The Hall effect, generation and recombination of excess carriers, Einstein relations, continuity 3, 4, 5
and diffusion equations for holes and electrons, quasi-Fermi energy levels.
P-N junction: Basic structure, equilibrium conditions, built-in potential barrier, energy band diagrams,
5 space charge width and electric field at the junction, junction capacitance, one-sided junctions, reverse 2, 4, 5
breakdown, carrier injection, minority and majority carrier currents, temperature effects, the ‘short’ diode.
Section B CLOs
Metal-Semiconductor and Semiconductor Heterojunctions: The Schottky barrier diode,
6 metal-semiconductor ohmic contacts, energy-band diagrams of heterojunction materials. 2

The Bipolar Junction Transistor: The basic principle of operation, simplified transistor current
relation-qualitative discussion, the modes of operation, amplification with bipolar transistors, transistor
7 2, 4, 5
currents and low-frequency common-base current gain, base width modulation, emitter bandgap
narrowing, current crowding, breakdown voltage, equivalent circuit models.
The Junction Field-Effect Transistor: Basic p-n JFET operation, Basic MESFET Operation, internal pinchoff
voltage, pinchoff voltage, drain-to-source saturation voltage, ideal DC current-voltage relationship of
8 2, 5
depletion mode JFET, channel length modulation, small-signal equivalent circuit, high electron mobility
transistor.
The Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor: MOS capacitor, energy band diagrams and flat
9 band voltage, threshold voltage, static C-V characteristics, qualitative theory of MOSFET operation, body 2, 5
effect and current-voltage relationship of a MOSFET.

63
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Describe why semiconductors have such unique properties and are the
CLO1 materials of choice for devices. 4, 11
Course
Learning Analyze the operation of P-N diodes, metal-semiconductor junctions, BJT, JFET
CLO2 1, 2
Outcomes and MOSFET.
(CLOs) CLO3 Explain the factors that influence the flow of charge in semiconductors. 9
CLO4 Apply appropriate mathematical techniques to solve semiconductor problems 1
CLO5 Develop analytical approaches to understand solid state electronic devices. 6

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
Class participation, Class test, Assignment and Final
CLO3 Lecture, Group discussion and presentation.
Exam.
CLO4
CLO5

Learning Materials
Donald A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices: Basic Principles, 4/e,McGraw-Hill,2011.
Recommended
Ben G. Streetman and Sanjay Kumar Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 7/e, Pearson Education,
Readings
2015.

64
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2203 Year: Second Term: Second
Course Title OpAmp and IC Technology
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to learn the knowledge of Op-Amp and fundamentals of IC Technology, and apply it
Rationale
for design, implementation and analyses of analog circuits.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
1 Op-Amp: Stages of Op-Amp, Characteristics, Dual power supply and Reference networks. 1, 2
Open Loop Op-Amp: Different types of Open Loop configurations, Comparator - Construction, Operation
2 1, 2
and Applications.
Closed Loop Op-Amp: Different types of closed loop amplifiers, Construction, Operation, Design and
3 1, 2, 3
Applications.
Linear Applications: Inverting and Non-Inverting Summing Amplifiers, Averaging Amplifiers, Subtractor,
Differential Amplifiers, Phase Shifters, Scale Changer, Integrator, Differentiator, Logarithmic Amplifiers,
4 Anti-Logarithmic Amplifiers, Analog Computation, Current to Voltage Converters, DC and AC Voltmeters, 1, 2, 3
and Instrumentation Amplifiers – Construction, Operation, Design and Applications.
Section B CLOs
Non-Linear Applications: Precision Half-Wave and Full-Wave Rectifiers.
5 Offset Voltage and Minimization of it. Single Power Supply Amplifiers. 1, 2
6 Op-Amp Oscillators: Phase Shift Oscillator, Wien Bridge Oscillator – Construction, Operation and Design. 1, 2, 3
Active Filters: Different Types of Active Filters – Frequency responses, Construction, Operation, Design and
Applications.
7 Butterworth and Chebyshev Filters, Switched-Capacitor Filters – Characteristics, Construction, Operation, 1, 2, 3
Design and Applications.
All Pass Filters: Its Characteristics, Construction, Operation, Design and Applications.
IC Technology: The Steps of IC Fabrications, Basic Monolithic ICs, Epitaxial Growth, Masking and Etching,
8 Photolithography Process, Diffusion of Impurities, Oxidation, Monolithic BJTs, Monolithic Diodes, IC 1, 2
Resistors, IC Capacitors and Inductors.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course Illustrate characteristics and operation, Op-Amp circuits, its applications and
CLO1 explain fundamentals of IC Fabrication Technology. 1, 4, 7, 10, 11
Learning
Outcomes Apply, develop and analyze Op-Amp Circuits, its applications, and construct and
(CLOs) CLO2 2, 4, 5, 12
explain the equivalent circuits of active and passive components of an IC.
CLO3 Solve, explain, evaluate and design the electronic systems using Op-Amp. 3, 7, 8, 9, 10

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture Quiz, Class Test and Final Exam
CLO2 Lecture and Group Discussion Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Lecture Class Test and Final Exam

65
Learning Materials
Ramakant A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, Pearson, 4th edition, 2020.
Recommended Robert F. Coughlin and Frederick F. Driscoll, Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits,
Readings Pearson, 6th edition, 2000.
Robert L. Boylestad, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson, 11th edition, 2012.
Supplementary
T. D. Towers, Tower's International Op-AMP Linear Ic Selector.
Readings

66
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2204 Year: Second Term: Second
Course Title OpAmp and IC Technology Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to verify the principles of Op-Amp circuits and develop skills to apply and analyze
Rationale
these concepts, and design, implement circuits using Op-Amp.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Open loop and closed loop circuits using Op-Amps. 1, 2, 3
2 Summing, averaging and subtracting using Op-Amps. 1, 2, 3
3 Differentiator and integrators using Op-Amps. 1, 2, 3
4 RC Phase Shift, Wien Bridge oscillators using Op-Amps. 1, 2, 3
Precision Half-Wave and Full-Wave Rectifiers, Offset Voltage and Minimization, Single Power Supply
5 1, 2, 3
Amplifiers.
6 Active filters using Op-Amps. 1, 2, 3

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Define different terminologies, recall and demonstrate the principles of
Course CLO1 Op-Amp circuits. 1, 2, 4, 12
Learning
Outcomes Apply, analyze and solve related problems, and develop the related circuits
CLO2 2, 5, 8, 9, 12
(CLOs) using Op-Amps.

CLO3 Measure different parameters, design and implement the related circuits using 3, 10, 12
Op-Amps.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture, Group Discussion Lab Report
Quiz, Lab Test
CLO2 Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Project as Assignment
CLO3 Laboratory experiments Viva voce

Learning Materials
Ramakant A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, Pearson, 4th edition, 2020.
Robert F. Coughlin and Frederick F. Driscoll, Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits,
Recommended Pearson, 6th edition, 2000.
Readings Robert L. Boylestad, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson, 11th edition, 2012.
T. D. Towers, Tower's International Op-AMP Linear Ic Selector,
Laboratory Manual.

67
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2205 Year: Second Term: Second
Course Title Electrical Machine-II
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale The course intends to provide knowledge about basics of electrical machine, motor, and generator.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Three phase induction motor: Rotating magnetic field, reversal of rotating magnetic field, synchronous
speed, torque in induction motor, induction motor construction: squirrel cage, wound rotor; slip and its
effect on rotor frequency and voltage, equivalent circuit of an induction motor, air gap power, mechanical
1 power and developed torque, torque speed characteristic, losses, efficiency and power factor, 1, 2, 3
classification, motor performance as a function of machine parameters, shaping torque speed
characteristic and classes of induction motor, per unit values of motor parameters, determination of
induction motor parameters by tests, methods of braking, speed control.
Single Phase Induction Motor: operation, quadrature field theory, double revolving field theory, split
2 1, 3
phasing, starting methods, equivalent circuit, torque-speed characteristic, and performance calculation.
3 Induction generator: operation, characteristics, voltage build up, applications in wind turbine. 1, 3
Section B CLOs
Synchronous generator: Construction, armature (stator) and rotating field (exciter), excitation system with
brushes and brushless excitation system, cooling, generated voltage equation of distributed short pitched
armature winding, armature winding connections and harmonic cancellation in distributed short pitched
winding, equivalent circuit, synchronous impedance, generated voltage and terminal voltage, phasor
diagram, voltage regulation with different power factor type loads, determination of synchronous
4 impedance by tests. 3, 4, 5
Characteristics of Synchronous generator: Salient pole generator d-q axes parameters, equivalent circuit,
generator equations, determination of d-q axes parameters by tests, equation of developed power and
torque of synchronous machines (salient and non-salient pole motor and generator). Parallel operation of
generators: requirement of parallel operation, conditions, synchronizing, effect of synchronizing current,
hunting and oscillation, synchronoscope, phase sequence indicator, load distribution of alternators in
parallel, droop setting, frequency control, voltage control, house diagrams.
Synchronous Motors: Construction, operation, starting, effect of variation of load at normal excitation,
5 effect of variation of excitations, V curves, inverted V curves and compounding curves, power factor 3, 4
adjustment, synchronous capacitor, and power factor correction.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explain the construction and operation of induction motor and induction
CLO1 generator. 1, 2, 8, 10, 11
Course Estimate torque, input power, output power and losses of three phase induction
Learning CLO2 1, 2, 9, 10
motor.
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 Solve the problems of the related issues. 1, 2, 9, 10
Illustrate the construction and operation of synchronous motor and
CLO4 1, 2, 8, 10
synchronous generator.
CLO5 Develop the phasor diagrams of asynchronous and asynchronous machine. 1, 2, 8

68
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Question and answering,
Lecture and Group Discussion
CLO3 Quiz and Class Test
Problem-based Learning and Presentation
CLO4 Assignment and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
Recommended A. K. Theraja and B.L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology: ACand DC Machines - Vol 2, 1/e, 1959
Readings V. K. Meheta and Rohit Meheta, Principles of Electrical Machine, S. Chand Publishing, 2008.

69
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2206 Year: Second Term: Second
Course Title Electrical Machine II Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.00
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale The course intends to develop skills in electrical machine, motor, and generator to understand the theories.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Basic working principle of three phase induction motor: 3-phase star delta connection, rotor speed and
1 1
synchronous speed measurement, slip measurement, reversing of 3-phase induction motor.
2 Operation of 3-phase induction motor using single phase connection. 1
3 Characterization of induction motor: torque, slip, speed. 1
Working principle of single-phase induction motor: identifying running coil, starting coil and capacitor
4 2
starting.
Structure and measuring a wire wound resistance: Measuring armature winding and field winding
5 3
resistance of a synchronous machine.
Starting method of a synchronous motor: Starting of three phase synchronous motor and to investigate
6 3
starting characteristics.
Phase and load experiment of a synchronous motor: Understanding the volume of line current and phase
7 change for supplying voltage by changing the excitation current, understanding the load characteristic by 4
changing load.
Load Experiment of synchronous generator: Determining external characteristic curve of synchronous
8 generator, efficiency, and voltage regulation with actual load, constant excitation current and fixed load 4
power factor.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Measure rotor speed and synchronous speed of 3-phase induction motor;
CLO1 Understand operation of 3-phase induction motor using single phase 1, 2, 7, 10, 11
connection
Estimate torque, slip, speed in three phase induction motor;
Course CLO2 1, 2, 7, 9, 10
Identify running coil, starting coil of single-phase induction.
Learning
Outcomes Measure an armature winding and field winding resistance of a synchronous
(CLOs) CLO3 machine; 1, 2, 7, 9
Tell the starting method of three phase synchronous motor.
Identify the phase change by changing the excitation current and understand
CLO4 the load characteristic by changing load; 2, 9, 10, 1, 7
Determine the external characteristic curve of synchronous generator,
efficiency, and voltage regulation for actual load condition.

70
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lab Report
Lecture, Group Discussion
CLO2 Quiz, Lab Test
Problem-based Learning and Presentation
CLO3 Project as Assignment
Laboratory experiments
CLO4 Viva voce

Learning Materials
Recommended A. K. Theraja and B.L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology: AC and DC Machines - Vol 2, 1/e, 1959.
Readings V. K. Meheta and Rohit Meheta, Principles of Electrical Machine, S. Chand Publishing, 2008.

71
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2207 Year: Second Term: Second
Course Title Numerical Techniques
Course Status Core
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to apply the mathematical model for engineering systems, and formulate, and analyze
Rationale
different computational techniques for solving various engineering problems.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Modeling, Computers, and Error Analysis: Mathematical modeling, Numerical methods, and
problem-solving, Conservation laws in Engineering and Science, Computational Environment, Errors,
1 Round off errors, Truncation errors, Total numerical errors, Blunders, Model Errors, Absolute and relative 1
errors, condition, and stability, the convergence of iterative process.
Roots and optimization: Bracketing methods and initial guesses, Bisections, False position, Graphical
methods, Open methods, Simple Fixed point iteration, Newton-Raphson, Secant method, Roots of
2 1
Polynomials, Multiple roots by Newton’s method, Muller’s Method, One-dimensional optimization,
Multidimensional optimization.
Linear Systems: Linear Algebraic Equations and Matrices, Gauss Elimination, Solving small numbers of
3 equations, Naïve gauss elimination, Pivoting, LU factorization, Gauss elimination of LU factorization, 1, 2
Cholesky factorization, matrix inverse and condition, Linear system-Gauss Seidel.
Section B CLOs
Curve Fitting : Linear Regression, Linear Least-Square regression, Linearization of Nonlinear relationships,
4 polynomial regression, Multiple linear regression, General Linear Least Square, QR factorization, 2, 3
Non-linear regression, polynomial Interpolation, Splines, and Piecewise Interpolation.
Integration and Differentiations: Numerical Integration Formulas, Newton-Cotes formula, The Trapezoidal
5 Rules, Simpson’s Rules, Integration with Unequal segment, Numerical Integration of functions, Numerical 4, 5
Differentiation.
Ordinary Differential Equations: Initial-Value Problems, Euler’s method, Improvements of Euler’s method,
6 4, 5
Runge-Kutta method, System of Equation, Adaptive Runge-Kutta method, boundary value problems.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Interpret the basic numerical modeling and its application for model
CLO1 characterization and root finding. 1, 2
Course CLO2 Construct the linear system and simplify the system of equations. 1, 2
Learning
Outcomes CLO3 Analyze and examine the relationship of the data finding simplified solutions. 2, 3
(CLOs) Examine and derive different numerical and computational techniques for
CLO4 solving various engineering problems such as interpolation, integration, and 7, 11
differentiation.
CLO5 Compare the results of different numerical methods and solutions. 3, 7

72
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
J.F. Epperson, An Introduction to Numerical Methods and Analysis, 2/e, Willey
Recommended S.C. Chapra, Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineering and Scientists, 3/e McGraw-Hill.
Readings E. Balagurusamy, Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw-Hill,
S.C. Chapra, R.P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw-Hill

Year Missing

73
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 2208 Year: Second Term: Second
Course Title Numerical Techniques Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.00
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to apply the mathematical model for engineering systems, and formulate, and analyze
Rationale
different computational and programming techniques for solving various engineering problems.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Numerical and Mathematical Modeling, and error analysis. 1
2 Different root-finding techniques with optimization. 1
Linear Systems analysis along with finding the solution of a linear system using different factorization and
3 linear system methods. 1, 2
4 Curve Fitting such as regression, Interpolation. 2, 3
5 Integration and Differentiations: 3, 4
6 Ordinary Differential Equations such as, Euler’s method, Improvements of Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta 3, 4
method, System of Equation, Adaptive Runge-Kutta method, boundary value problems.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Interpret the basic numerical modeling and its application for model
CLO1 characterization and demonstrate their uses with engineering examples. 1, 2, 8
Course Develop computer programs to solve engineering problems depending upon
Learning CLO2 2, 3
the nature of the problem utilizing linear system concepts.
Outcomes
(CLOs) Examine and derive different numerical and computational techniques for
CLO3 solving various engineering problems such as interpolation, integration, and 7, 11
differentiation.
CLO4 Compare the results of different numerical methods and solutions. 3, 7

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO2
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment
CLO3
Lecture, problem-solving, and Group Discussion Viva voce, Lab test, and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
J.F. Epperson, An Introduction to Numerical Methods and Analysis, 2/e, Willey
Recommended S.C. Chapra, Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineering and Scientists, 3/e McGraw-Hill.
Readings E. Balagurusamy, Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw-Hill,
S.C. Chapra, R.P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw-Hill

Year Missing
74
Course Code: 0541 09 Math 2271 Year: Second Term: Second
Course Title Matrix and Complex Variable
Course Status Core
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop a foundation in matrix and complex variables related concepts which are
useful in the field of Electronics and Communication Engineering. Different operation with matrix and use
Rationale
of matrix to solve linear equations are focused alongside with complex number system and related
theorem.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Matrix Arithmetic: Definition of matrix, equality of two matrices, addition, subtraction and multiplication of
1 matrices, visualizing matrix arithmetic in 2D, the matrix inverse, properties of the matrix inverse, matrix 1
polynomials and rank of matrices.
Operations on Matrices:The matrix transpose, the matrix trace, the determinant, properties of the
2 determinant, Cramer’s rule. 1
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors: Properties ofEigenvalues and Eigenvectors, using matrices to solve
3 2, 3
systems of linear equations, application of matrix algebra to electric networks.
Section B CLOs
Complex Numbers and Elementary Functions: Complex numbers and their properties, general functions of
4 a complex variable, limits and continuity of a function of complex variable and related theorems. 4
Complex Differential Calculus and Line Integrals:The derivative of acomplex-valued function, The
5 Cauchy-Riemann equations, analyticity of power series, the Riemann integral of a complex-valued 4, 5
function, complex line integrals, integration over paths.
Residues and Rational functions: The residue theorem, a general Cauchy integral theorem for rational
6 6
functions, evaluation of definite integrals by residues, Isolated singularities.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Compute addition, subtraction, multiplication, transpose and inverse of matrices. 1, 11
Course CLO2 Interpret Eigenvalue matrix. 2
Learning
CLO3 Solve linear equation using matrix. 1, 2
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO4 Analyze complex numbers and perform differentiation of complex functions. 2
CLO5 Determine line integral of a complex function. 1
CLO6 Understand the residues and rational functions. 1

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
CLO3 Lecture, Group Discussion, Problem-based Learning Class participation, Class test, Assignment and Final
CLO4 and Presentation Exam
CLO5
CLO6

75
Learning Materials
Gregory Hartman, Fundamentals of Matrix Algebra, 3/e, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform,
2011.
Recommended J. H. Curtiss, Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable, 1/e, CRC press, 1978.
Readings
Mark J. Ablowitz and Athanassios S. Focus, Complex Variables: Introduction and Applications, 2/e,
Cambridge University Press, 2003.

76
Course Code: 0542 09 Stat 2273 Year: Second Term: Second
Course Title Probability and Stochastic
Course Status Core
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide the foundation knowledge of probability, random processes and
Rationale
queueing theories in communication engineering.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
1 Probability theory, Continuous and discrete probability distribution and expectations, Bayes’ theorem. 1, 2
Random variables, Expectation of random variables, Joint distributions, Covariance, Correlation,
2 1, 2, 3
Independence, Central limit theorem.
3 Conditional probability and conditional expectation, Basic concept of Estimation theory, MMSE estimation. 2, 3
Section B CLOs
Stochastic processes: Concept of stochastic process, Markov chain and its properties, Continuous time
4 Markov chain, Classification of states, Limiting Probabilities. 1, 2, 3

5 BD process: Birth-death (BD) process in queuing systems, Introduction to queuing theory. 1, 3


Queuing models: Analysis of M/M/1, M/M/K, M/G/1, M/G/K, G/M/1 and G/M/K queuing models, Network of
6 4
queues, Application of queuing models in communication engineering.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Apply the fundamentals of probability theory and random processes to
CLO1 practical engineering problems, and identify and interpret the key parameters 1, 8
that underlie the random nature of the problems.
Course
Apply the fundamentals of probability theory and random processes to
Learning CLO2 8, 11
practical engineering problems, and identify and interpret the key parameters
Outcomes
that underlie the random nature of the problems.
(CLOs)
Analyze the performance in terms of probabilities and distributions achieved by
CLO3 2
the determined solutions.
Use analytical tools that are useful in the study of stochastic models that
CLO4 1, 5
appear in communication systems and its application.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation Question and Answering, Quiz and Class Test.
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment, viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Sheldon Ross: Introduction to Probability Models, Academic Press, 11th edition.
Recommended
Rick Durrett: Essentials of Stochastic Processes. 3rd edition.
Readings
Greg Lawler: Introduction to Stochastic Processes, Chapman and Hall, 2nd edition.

Year Missing 77
Year Third Term First
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3101 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Measurements and Electronic Instrumentations
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course is designed to provide basic concepts and practices of measurements, transducers and
Rationale
instrumentation.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction: Basics of Measurements: Accuracy, Precision, resolution, reliability, repeatability, validity,
Errors and their analysis, Standards of measurement. Measurement of resistance, inductance,
1 capacitance, insulation resistance and earth resistance, Measurement of conductivity of bulk materials, 1, 2
Cable faults and locating cable faults, Applications, functional elements of a measurement system and
classification of instruments.
Measurement of electrical quantities: Current and voltage measurement (analog and digital), power and
2 energy measurement. High voltage measurements, magnetic measurement, flux meter, Current and 1, 2
potential transformer, Maximum demand indicators, Q meter.
Bridge Measurement: DC bridges- Wheatstone bridge, Application of Wheatstone bridge, AC bridges –
3 1, 2, 3
Kelvin, Hay, Maxwell, Schering and Wien bridges,

4 Oscilloscope: Construction, operation, Calibration, Lissajous patterns, voltage, phase and frequency 1, 2, 3
measurement.
Section B CLOs
5 Transducers: Mechanical, electrical and optical transducers and its applications. 1, 2
Measurement of non-electrical quantities: Optical measurements, temperature, pressure, flow, level,
6 1, 2
strain, force, torque and speed measurements.
Basic elements of DC and AC signal conditioning: Instrumentation amplifier, noise and source of noise,
7 noise elimination compensation, function generation and linearization, A/D and D/A converters, sample 1, 2, 3
and hold circuits, Digital meters.
Data Transmission and Telemetry: Methods of data transmission, DC/AC telemetry system and digital data
8 transmission. Recording and display devices. Data acquisition system and microprocessor applications in 1, 3
instrumentation.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explain units, dimensions, standards and errors and apply basics of different
CLO1 types of measuring techniques/instruments to measure different electrical 1, 4, 6
quantities.
Course
Apply their knowledge to measure electrical quantities using standard analog
Learning CLO2 1, 4, 6, 8, 11
and digital measuring instruments.
Outcomes
(CLOs) Calculate and interpret different electrical parameters using conventional
CLO3 bridges and acquire data through digital measuring instruments and interpret 1, 4, 6, 8, 11
the data.

78
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Question and answering, Quiz and Class Test
Lecture, Group Discussion Problem-based
CLO2 Learning, and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Viva voce and Final Exam

Learning Materials
A. K. Sawhney, A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation, 11/e, Dhanpat
Recommended Roy, Delhi, 2012.
Readings David A. Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and measurements, 3/e, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi,
2003

79
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3102 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Measurements and Electronic Instrumentations Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This sessional course consists of some selected experiments, based on theories from ECE3101, supposed to
Rationale
provide students a hands-on experience on how to perform measurements and use instruments for
measurement.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Measurement of resistance, inductance, capacitance, insulation resistance and earth resistance. 1
2 Cable faults determination (e.g., ground fault, short circuit fault) and its applications. 1
3 Range extension of DC voltmeter, ammeter and other measuring instruments. 2
4 Observation of Cathode Ray Oscilloscope, Lissajous figures and its application 3
5 Voltage, time period, phase and frequency measurement using Lissajous pattern. 3
6 Transducers 4
7 Measurements of displacement, temperature, pressure, flow, level, strain, force, torque, light and speed. 4
Instrumental amplifiers, digital circuits, A/D and D/A converters, sample and hold circuits, frequency
8 4
counters, Digital meters.
9 Small projects based on transducers and instrumentation. 1, 2, 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explain the fundamentals of electrical quantities and cable faults, and apply
CLO1 the knowledge on the measurement of different electrical quantities and 1, 4, 6, 7
determination of cable faults
Course Apply their knowledge to extend the range of ammeter, voltmeter and other
CLO2 4, 6, 7
Learning measuring instruments
Outcomes Understand the principle of operation of Cathode Ray Oscilloscope and apply
(CLOs) CLO3 the knowledge to measure voltage, time periods, phase and frequency between 2, 4, 6, 8
two signals
Discover the principle of transducer and other signal conditioning equipment
CLO4 and apply their knowledge on the measurement of different non-electrical 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11
quantities, and design and implementation of small projects

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lab Report
CLO2 Quiz, Lab Test
Laboratory experiments and computer simulation
CLO3 Project as Assignment
CLO4 Viva voce

Learning Materials
A. K. Sawhney, A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation, 11/e, Dhanpat
Recommended Roy, Delhi, 2012.
Readings
David A. Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and measurements, 3/e, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003

80
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3103 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Digital Electronics
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale This course is designed to develop basic concepts of digital electronic circuits and systems.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Information and digital systems: Introduction to digital systems, code conversion, binary addition and
1 subtraction, 1’s complement and 2’s complement methods. 1
Logic gates, Boolean algebra and minimization of Boolean functions: Logic gates and truth tables, Boolean
2 2
algebra, Boolean function, canonical forms, Karnaugh maps, Quine-McCluskey method.
Combinational logic circuits: Design of Boolean expressions using logic gates, parity bit generator/checker,
3 2
adder, subtractor, decoders, encoders, multiplexers, demultiplexers.
Sequential logic circuits: SR, JK, D and T flip-flops, master-slave JK FF, timing diagrams of different FFs,
4 edge-triggered and level-triggered timing diagrams, asynchronous and synchronous counters, shift 2
registers.
Section B CLOs
Digital logic families: Diode logic, RTL, TTL, DTL, HTL, ECL, IIL, nMOS, CMOS – construction, operation,
5 design, fan-in, fan-out, delay and noise margin. Logic gate and function implementation using RTL, nMOS 2
and CMOS.
Programmable logic devices and FPGA: Programmable logic array (PLA), Programmable array logic (PAL),
6 3
FPGA
Memory: Memory architecture, mask ROM design, nMOS and CMOS memories, dynamic registers, memory
7 3
expansion.
Converters: S/H circuit, quantization, Analog to digital converters (ADCs), Digital to analog converters
8 3
(DACs) – construction, operation and design.
9 Multivibrators: Astable multivibrator, mono-stable multivibrator, bi-stable multivibrator. 3

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Understand the fundamentals and rules of digital electronics. 1
Learning Verify, simplify, design and explain different combinational logic circuits,
Outcomes CLO2 2, 3, 8
sequential logic circuits and logic gates using logic families.
(CLOs) Design and explain the operation of different memory devices, converters, and
CLO3 3, 8
multivibrators.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture, presentation, group discussion and Class test, Quiz, Assignment, Presentation, Viva Voce,
CLO2
question and answering and Final exam
CLO3

81
Learning Materials
Ronald J. Tocci, Digital Systems: Principles and applications, Prentice Hall. Pearson Education
International, 2002.
R.P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 16th reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1995.
Recommended Millman and Taub, Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms, I/e, McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1986.
Readings Millman and Halkias, Integrated Electronics, 11th Reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill, India, 1991.
M. Morris Mano, Digital logic and computer design, Pearson Education India, 2017.
Kohavi, Z., and Jha, N. K, Switching and finite automata theory. Cambridge University Press, 2009.

82
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3104 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Digital Electronics Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale This course is designed to implement digital systems using both simulations and experiments.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Implementation and verification of different logic gates and combinational logic circuits (Boolean
1 expressions, Code converters, Adder, Subtractor, Parity bit generator/checker, Encoders, Decoders, Mux, 1, 2
Demux, among others).
2 Identification and construction of flipflops, design of counters and shift registers. 2
Design and development of projects to verify practically the theories and concepts learned in section A of
3 3
the course.
4 Construction of basic logic gates using logic families (DL, DTL, TTL, CMOS, ECL, IIL, among others). 2
5 Design and implementation of memory devices, converters (ADCs, DACs) and multivibrators. 2
6 Design and development of projects to verify practically the theories and concepts learned in section B of
3
the course.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand and apply the theories and concepts learned in the digital
Course CLO1 1
electronics course.
Learning
Outcomes Model, analyze and practically design different combinational and sequential
CLO2 logic circuits, memory devices, converters and multivibrators. 2, 3, 8
(CLOs)
Design and develop different application-based projects of digital electronics
CLO3 individually or as a team. 3, 8, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture, Group Discussion Lab Report
Quiz, Lab Test
CLO2 Problem-based Learning and
Project as Assignment
CLO3 Presentation, Laboratory experiments Viva voce

Learning Materials
Ronald J. Tocci, Digital Systems: Principles and applications, Prentice Hall. Pearson Education
International, 2002.
Recommended R.P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 16th reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1995.
Readings Millman and Taub, Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms, I/e, McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1986.
Millman and Halkias, Integrated Electronics, 11th Reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill, India, 1991.
M. Morris Mano, Digital logic and computer design, Pearson Education India, 2017.

83
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3105 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Analog Communications
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide the fundamental concepts, principles and practices of the elements of
Rationale
communication system, analog modulation and demodulation techniques, receivers and impact of noises.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction: Communication, Simplex communication, Half Duplex communication, Duplex
communication, Communication Systems, Transmitter, Receiver, Transceiver, Signals, Power signals,
1 1, 2
Message, Modulation, Baseband transmission, Channel, Bandwidth, Attenuation, Noise, Decibels, Carrier,
Electromagnetic Spectrum.
CW Modulation: Amplitude modulation, Time and Frequency Domain Expression and representations,
2 Modulation Index, Impact of Modulation Index, Bandwidth, Phasor Diagram, Different kinds of modulators 1, 2, 3
to generate AM signal, High level and low level AM, power and current calculation in AM.
Side Band Modulation: DSB-SC Modulation, Time and Frequency Domain Expressions and representations,
3 Square Law Modulators, Balanced Modulators, Ring Modulators, SSB Modulation, SSB-SC Generation and 1, 2, 3
Vestigial Side band Modulation.
Section B CLOs
Demodulation: Demodulation of AM signals, Square Laws and Envelop Detectors, Super heterodyne
4 Receiver, Synchronous demodulation of AM, Demodulation of DSB and SSB signals. 1, 2, 3
Angle Modulation and Demodulation: Concept of Angle modulation, FM and PM, Time Domain and Spectral
Representations, Bandwidth, Frequency deviation, Phasor Diagram, Modulation index, PM to FM
5 Conversion, Varactor Modulators, Carson's rule, Narrow band and Wide Band FM and PM signals, Generation 1, 2, 3
of FM, Commercial FM requirements and components, Demodulation of FM and PM, Commercial and
Stereo FM Radio.
6 Noise: Sources of noise, characteristics of various types of noise, noise figure, Effect of noise AM and FM, 1, 2
Effect of Noise in Envelope and Square Law Detection of AM, SNR for AM, SSB and FM.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course Know, illustrate, relate and demonstrate fundamental units of communication,
CLO1 1, 2, 3
Learning AM, PM, FM, modulation, demodulation and its applications.
Outcomes Apply, develop and analyze different modulators, demodulators, transceivers
(CLOs) CLO2 and find its applications. 2, 4, 5, 7, 8

CLO3 Solve, explain, evaluate and design the electronic communication systems. 3, 7, 8, 9, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture, Group/Team Discussion and Learning and Question and Answering, Quiz and Class Test.
CLO2 Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Viva voce and Final Exam

84
Learning Materials
Simon Haykin and Michael Moher, “Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications”, John Wiley &
Recommended Sons, 2nd edition, 2007.
Readings Louis E. Frenzel Jr. “Principles of Electronic Communication Systems”, McGraw-Hill Education, 4th
edition, 2014.
Supplementary
Dennis Roddy and John Coolen “Electronic Communications”, Pearson Education, 4th edition, 2014.
Readings

85
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3106 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Analog Communications Sessional and/or Field Trip
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to verify the principles of Analog Communications, and develop skills to apply and
Rationale analyze these concepts, design and implement circuits of communication systems, analog modulation and
demodulation techniques, receivers and impact of noise.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Demonstration and verification of the related principles, design and implementation of basic
1 1, 2
communication systems.
Application and verification of the related principles, and design and implementation of different AM
2 modulation, DSB-SC modulation. 1, 2
Demonstration, application and verification of SSB modulation, SSB-SC modulation, SSB-SC Generation
3 1, 2, 3
and Vestigial Side band Modulation.
4 Demodulation of AM signals, practical and commercial receiver to detect AM signal. 1, 2
5 Application and verification of the related principles design and implementation of various FM and PM 1, 2, 3
modulators.
Application and verification of the related principles design and implementation of various FM and PM
6 1, 2, 3
demodulators.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course Know, illustrate, relate and demonstrate fundamental units of communication,
CLO1 1, 2, 3
Learning AM, PM, FM, modulation, demodulation and its applications.
Outcomes Apply, develop and analyze different modulators, demodulators, transceivers
(CLOs) CLO2 and find its applications. 2, 4, 5, 7, 8

CLO3 Solve, explain, evaluate and design the electronic communication systems. 3, 7, 8, 9, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Field trip to the radio transmission stations. Quiz
Lab test
CLO2 Laboratory experiments and/or computer
Report writing
CLO3 simulation.
Viva voce

Learning Materials
Simon Haykin and Michael Moher, “Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications”, John Wiley &
Recommended Sons, 2nd edition, 2007.
Readings Louis E. Frenzel Jr. “Principles of Electronic Communication Systems”, McGraw-Hill Education, 4th
edition, 2014.
Supplementary
Dennis Roddy and John Coolen “Electronic Communications”, Pearson Education, 4th edition, 2014.
Readings

86
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3109 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Electromagnetic Fields and Waves
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop the fundamental concepts of electromagnetic fields and waves for
Rationale
Electronic and Communication Engineering students.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Electrostatics: Coulomb’s law and field intensity, electric field due to continuous charge distribution,
1 electric flux density, Gauss’s law and its application, electric potential, electric dipoles, conductors and 1
dielectrics in static electric field.
Boundary conditions for electric field; capacitance- electrostatic energy and forces, energy in terms of
field equations, capacitance calculation of different geometries; boundary value problems- Poisson’s and
2 Laplace’s equations in different co-ordinate systems. Steady electric current: Ohm’s law, continuity 1
equation, Joule’s law, resistance calculation.
Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart’s law, Ampere’s law and applications, vector magnetic potential, magnetic
3 dipole, magnetization, magnetic field intensity and relative permeability, boundary conditions for magnetic 3, 5
field, magnetic energy, magnetic forces, torque and inductance of different geometries.
Section B CLOs
Time varying fields and Maxwell’s equations: Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction, Maxwell’s
4 equations – differential and integral forms, boundary conditions, potential functions; time harmonic fields 1, 3
and Poynting theorem.
Plane electromagnetic wave: plane wave in lossless media- Doppler effect, transverse electromagnetic
wave, polarization of plane wave; plane wave in lossy media- low-loss dielectrics, good conductors; group
5 velocity, instantaneous and average power densities, normal and oblique incidence of plane waves at plane 4, 5
boundaries for different polarization.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Explain the fundamental laws of Electrostatic Fields 1
Course CLO2 Analyze Electrostatic Field Related Problems 1, 2
Learning CLO3 Explain magnetic fields in terms of vector calculus 1
Outcomes Demonstrate the relationship of electromagnetic fields to electromagnetic waves
CLO4 1, 2
(CLOs)
CLO5 Understand, identify and solve Electromagnetic field propagation and 3
reflection related problems

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Question and Answering, Quiz and Class Test.
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation,
Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4
CLO5

Learning Materials
Recommended S. Ramo, J. R. Whinnery & T. V. Duzer, Fields and Waves in Communication Engineering, 3/e, Wiley and
Readings Sons, 1993

87
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 3151 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Computer Network and Security
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide the student knowledge about the functionality and application of
Rationale computer network and the underlying protocols and the services provided by the network. The contents
cover the layered protocol stack and their roles, functionalities of each layer and some selected topics on
networking.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction to Computer Networks: Definition, uses of computer networks, network topology: Logical and
1 1
Physical topology, Network types: LAN, MAN, WAN, Physical media: types and media selection criteria.
Network Model: Necessity of layered protocol, The OSI reference model, TCP/IP protocol suite, Functions of
2 1, 2
each layer, network protocols working in different layers.
IP Addressing: Classification of IP address: IPv4 and IPv6, Classful IP addressing, CIDR, Private and Public
3 2
IP address, Subnetting, VLSM.
Data Link Layer: Character count, byte stuffing, bit stuffing, error detection: cyclic redundancy check, parity
bit checking and correction: Hamming code, windowing protocols: go back N ARQ, selective repeat ARQ,
4 3
elementary data link protocols, high-level data link control (HDLC), point to point protocol (PPP), the
medium access control (MAC) sub-layer.
Section B CLOs
Multiple Access Techniques: Random Access: CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA, Controlled Access: Reservation,
5 pulling, token passing, Channelization: FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, Wired and wireless networks: Ethernet, SONET, 3
ATM, Bluetooth.
Switching: Circuit switching, packet switching, message switching, virtual circuit and datagram,
6 4
congestion control algorithms, quality of service.
Network Layer: Introduction to network layer, Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), Unicast Routing
7 Algorithms: Distance Vector Routing, Link State Routing, Path Vector Routing, Unicast Routing Protocols: 5
Routing Information Protocol (RIP), Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).
Application Layer: Introduction to application Layer, Application Layer Paradigms: Client-Server and Peer
8 to Peer paradigms, Standard Client Server Protocols: WWW and HTTP, FTP, SSH, DNS, Telnet, Network 5
Management Protocol.
Cryptography and Network Security: Security attacks, Cryptography: Symmetric and Asymmetric-key
9 cryptography, Digital signature, Network Security: IPSec, VPN, Firewall. 5

88
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Identify different network topologies and explain their advantages and
CLO1 1, 2, 7
disadvantages
Select physical media based on transmission requirements and perform 1, 7
Course CLO2 subnetteing and VLSM
Learning
Outcomes Demonstrate the sub-layers of data link layer and inspect the differences
CLO3 1, 7
(CLOs) between different multiple access techniques.
Explain circuit switching and packet switching mechanism, how routing
CLO4 1, 7
protocols work, and how error control and flow control protocols work.
Demonstrate the role of cryptography in secure data transmission and examine
CLO5 8, 9
how IPSec, VPN, Firewall ensures network security.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 3/e, Prentice-Hall, 1987.
Recommended
M. Schwartz, Computer Communications, 2/e, Mc-Graw Hill Ltd.
Readings
Davis and Barber, Communication Networks for Computers, 2/e, John Wiley, 1973.

Year Missing

89
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 3152 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Computer Network and Security Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
In this course student will practically perform cabling and setting up simple form of network. Students will
Rationale also use simulator software to observe the functionality of routing algorithms. The experiments in this
course will facilitate the students in better understanding of networking concepts.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Different types of network types: LAN, MAN, WAN; Bandwidth. 1
2 Necessity of layered protocol, TCP/IP protocol suite, network protocols. 1
Previous lab practice class
3 Classification of IP address: IPv4 and IPv6. 2
4 Classful IP addressing, CIDR, Private and Public IP address. 2
5 Subnetting, VLSM. 2
Wired and wireless networks, Unicast Routing Algorithms: Distance Vector Routing, Link State Routing,
6 3, 4
Path Vector Routing
Unicast Routing Protocols: Routing Information Protocol (RIP), Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), Border
7 4
Gateway Protocol (BGP).
Previous lab practice class.
Client-Server and Peer to Peer paradigms, WWW and HTTP, FTP, SSH, DNS, Telnet, Network Management
8 5
Protocol.
9 Cryptography: Symmetric and Asymmetric-key cryptography. 5
10 Network Security: IPSec, VPN, Firewall. 5

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Implement a point to point network with four nodes and duplex links between
CLO1 them. Analyze the network performance by setting the queue size and varying 3, 7
the bandwidth.
Course Implement of Ethernet LAN using n (6-10) nodes, compare the throughput by
Learning CLO2 changing the error rate and data rate, and assign multiple traffic to the nodes 7, 8
Outcomes and obtain congestion window for different sources/ destinations.
(CLOs) Implement ESS with transmission nodes in Wireless LAN and obtain the
CLO3 7, 8
performance parameters.
Write a program in C/C++ for distance vector algorithm to find suitable path for
CLO4 transmission. 7
CLO5 Establish an IPSec VPN tunnel between the two firewalls ensuring encryption. 9, 10

90
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 3/e, Prentice-Hall, 1987.
Recommended
M. Schwartz, Computer Communications, 2/e, Mc-Graw Hill Ltd.
Readings
Davis and Barber, Communication Networks for Computers, 2/e, John Wiley, 1973.

Year Missing

91
Course Code: 0413 09 ECE 3181 Year: Third Term: First
Course Title Accounting
Course Status Core
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale This course is designed for the students to provide the basic knowledge on accounting

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction: Basic accounting principles and it’s classification, Objectives of Accounting, Transaction,
1 Double Entry systems. 1
Accounting Cycle and Final Accounts: Accounts Journals Cash book, Ledger, Trial Balance, Financial
2 statement, Cost Accounts and objectives, financial statements-general accounting reports, Cost in general 1, 2, 3
objectives and classifications, Overhead costs allocation and apportionment, Accounting and society.
Section B CLOs
Costing: Product costing, cost sheet under job costing, Operating costing and process costing system,
Marginal cost analysis, cost volume profit relationship, Relevant costs and special decisions, Accounting
3 2, 4
for planning and control-capital budgeting, Master budgets, flexible budgets and variance analysis,
Standard costing, Process costing.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand objective of accounting, transaction, double entry systems and
Course CLO1 journals cash book 1, 2
Learning
Discover ledger, trial balance, financial statement, cost accounts and
Outcomes CLO2 1, 3
objectives
(CLOs)
CLO3 Utilize financial statements-general accounting reports 5, 6
CLO4 Apply the knowledge of various costs and budget 4, 7

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Question and answering, Quiz and Class Test
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation,
Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
J. J. Weygandt, P. D. Kimmel, and D. E. Kieso, Accounting Principle, 13/e, W. I. Wiley, 2018
Recommended
Readings C. Jonick, Principles of Managerial Accounting, University of North Georgia Press, United States of
America, 2017.

92
Third Year Term Second
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3201 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Control Systems
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to learn the controlling behavior of a system as well as to redesign and re-modeling the
Rationale
system by adapting the dynamic controlling behavior.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction to the Control Systems and Problem: Control Systems terminology and basic structure, close
1 loop, and open loop control system, design and compensation of control systems. 1
Modeling in the Frequency and Time Domain: Electrical network transfer function, Electrical circuit
analogy, transfer functions, block diagrams, physical system realizations, Laplace transforms of signals
2 1, 4
useful for control system analysis, State-Space representation, applying state space representation,
converting a transfer function to state-space.
Time Response analysis: Poles, Zeros, and System Response, Time response of first-order Systems, Time
3 response of second-order systems, System response with additional poles, System response with 1, 2
additional zeros.
Reduction of Multiple Subsystems :
4 Block Diagram, Analysis, and design of Feedback Systems, Signal-Flow Graphs, and its properties, 1
Construction of Signal Flow Graph from equations, Block Diagram of Signal Flow Graphs, Mason’s Rule,
Error Analysis:
Types of control systems, Steady-State error, Static Error constants, and System Type, Steady-State Error
5 1, 2
Specification, Steady-State Error for Disturbance, Steady-State for Nonunity Feedback Systems,
Sensitivity.
Section B CLOs
Design and Analysis of Control System using Root Locus Techniques:
Defining the Root Locus, Properties of the Root locus, Plotting and sketching Root Locus, Root-Locus plots
6 of Positive feedback systems, Transient response design via gain adjustment, Root-Locus Approach for 3
control system design, Lead Compensation, lag-Compensation, Lag-Lead compensation, parallel
compensation.
Frequency Domain Analysis: Advantages of frequency domain analysis, Polar plot, Procedure to sketch
Polar Plot, Polar plot of some standard type functions, Phase Margin, gain margin, and stability on Polar
Plot, Bode Plot, Minimum Phase systems, and Non-minimum phase systems, Procedure of drawing the
7 1, 4
Bode Plot, Frequency domain specification, Correlation between time and frequency response, Relative
and Absolute Stability, the Frequency response of a closed loop system, Constant Magnitude Circle
(m-circle), Constant n-circles, the Nicholas Chart.
Stability : Stability Analysis, Routh Stability Criteria, Nyquist Stability Criteria and its application for the
8 2
control system design, Relative Stability analysis
9 Compensators: Lead Compensation, Lag compensations, cascade Lag-Lead compensation. 5
Controllers: Elements of Industrial automatic controller, Classification of controllers, Proportional (P)
10 Control Action, Integral (I) Control action, Derivative(D) Control Action, PI controller action, DI controller 5
action, PD controller action, PID controller action.

93
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Infer and explain the mathematical modeling of the control system and its
CLO1 responses through the transfer function. Also, analyze the block reduction 1, 2
techniques.
Analyze the concepts of time response of a control system and the effect of
Course CLO2 error in the control system. Also, examine the stability of the control system 1, 2
Learning through the dissecting of the different stability criteria.
Outcomes
Analyze the Root-Locus method and design the dynamic control system using
(CLOs) CLO3 3, 7
the Root-Locus method.
Examine the Frequency-Response method and evaluate them to analyze the
CLO4 5, 7, 8
control system.
Examine the behavior of the PID controllers and adapts them to improve the
CLO5 2, 3, 7, 8
performance of the system. Also, analyze the behavior of the compensator.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
K. Ogatha, Modern Control Engineering, Pearson, 2017-2018.
Recommended N. S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Readings M. Gopal, control Systems Principles and Design, The McGraw-Hill Companies.
S. H. Saeed, Automatic Control Systems, Katson Books.

Year Missing

94
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3203 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Digital communications
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to introduce the students to the basic principles and overview of the designs of digital
Rationale communication systems. The course includes concepts and methods of effective communication in noisy
channels, basic information theory, source coding, channel models and channel coding technology.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
INTRODUCTION: Basic elements of digital communication systems, Advantages of digital communication
systems. Signaling over AWGN Channels: Introduction, Orthogonal signals, Anti-podal signals, Geometric
1 representation of signals, Gram-Schmidt Orthogonalization procedure, Conversion of the continuous 1
AWGN channel into a vector channel, Optimum receivers using coherent detection: ML Decoding,
Correlation receiver, matched filter receiver.
INFORMATION THEORY: Discrete messages, Concept of amount of information and its properties. Average
information, Entropy and its properties. Information rate, Mutual information and its properties.
2 1
Source Coding: Introduction, Advantages, Hartley Shannon’s theorem, bandwidth-S/N trade off,
Shanon-Fano coding, Huffman coding.
DIGITAL MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Introduction, ASK modulator, Coherent and Non-Coherent ASK
detector, FSK modulator, Spectrum of FSK, Coherent reception, Non-coherent detection of FSK. BPSK
3 transmitter, Coherent reception of BPSK, QPSK, QAM. PSD & BER of Coherent BPSK, BFSK and QPSK, QAM. 2, 3
DPSK Symbol representation, Block diagrams treatment of Transmitter and Receiver, Probability of error
(without derivation of probability of error equation). Signal Space representation.
BASEBAND TRANSMISSION & RECEPTION: Nyquist theory, Nyquist criterion for distortion less
transmission, Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM), Intersymbol Interference (ISI), Digital PAM Transmission
4 through Band limited Channels, Design of band limited signals for zero ISI, Probability of error for detection 3, 4
of Digital PAM with Zero ISI. Correlative coding, Eye pattern, Receiving Filters- Matched Filter, Correlation
receiver, Adaptive Equalization.
Section B CLOs
WAVEFORM CODING AND REPRESENTATION: Linear Predictive Coding, Properties of Line codes, Power
5 Spectral Density of Unipolar/Polar RZ & NRZ, Bipolar RZ, NRZ & AMI, Manchester. Overview of HDB3, B3ZS, 5
B6ZS.
PULSE DIGITAL MODULATION: Elements of PCM: Sampling, Quantization & Encoding, Quantization error,
Companding in PCM systems. Differential PCM systems (DPCM). Delta Modulation: Delta modulation, its
6 3, 5
draw backs, adaptive delta modulation, comparison of PCM, DPCM and DM systems, Noise in PCM and DM
systems. Time Division Multiplexing & Demultiplexing.
ERROR CONTROL CODING: Channel coding theorem, Linear Block codes: Introduction, Matrix description
of Linear Block codes, Error detection and error correction capabilities of linear block codes, Hamming
7 codes, Cyclic codes: Encoding, Syndrome Calculation, Decoding, Convolutional codes: Introduction, 5
encoding of convolution codes, time domain approach, transform domain approach. Graphical approach:
State, Tree and Trellis diagram. Decoding using Viterbi algorithm.
PRINCIPLES OF SPREAD SPECTRUM: Spread Spectrum Communication Systems: Model of a Spread
Spectrum Digital Communication System, Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Systems, Effect of
8 1, 5
De-spreading on a narrowband Interference, Probability of error (statement only), Some applications of DS
Spread Spectrum Signals, Generation of PN Sequences, Frequency Hopped Spread Spectrum.

95
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Describe and analyze the generation and reception of communication signals.
Explain the concept of signaling over AWGN Channel and design related
receiver types.
CLO1 1, 2
Describe the basic tenets of information theory as pertaining to
communications, and perform basic calculations of relevant properties.
Understand the principles of spread spectrum communications.
Recognize and explain some commonly used modulation methods and their
block-diagram level design of communication systems that use pulse
Course CLO2 1, 2, 3
modulation techniques and digital transmission of analog signals.
Learning Explain and utilize signal space representation.
Outcomes Address the effect of noise and Deduce the probability of error in the reception
(CLOs) CLO3 5, 6
of communication systems.
Test and validate symbol processing and performance parameters at the
CLO4 7
receiver under ideal bandlimited channels.
Explain and Design baseband transmission schemes.
Analyze PSD of the related schemes.
Recognize and provide a block-diagram level design of communication
CLO5
systems that use digital modulation and transmission systems. 6, 7, 8, 9
Describe the basic principles of error-control coding and use them in
block-diagram level design of communication systems.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
S. Haykin: Digital Communications, John Wiley, 2005
B.P. Lathi and Z. Ding: Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems, Fourth Edition, 2010,
ISBN-13: 978-0-19-533145-5
Recommended
J. Proakis and M. Salehi: Digital Communications, 5th edition, McGraw-Hill
Readings
B. Sklar: Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2009
Tse, David, and Pramod Viswanath: Fundamentals of Wireless Communication. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press, 2005. ISBN: 9780521845274.
Wozencraft, John M., and Irwin Mark Jacobs: Principles of Communication Engineering, Reprint ed. Long
Grove, IL: Waveland Press, 1990. ISBN: 9780881335545.
Wilson, Stephen G: Digital Modulation and Coding, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1996. ISBN:
9780132100717.
Cover, Thomas M., and Joy A. Thomas: Elements of Information Theory, 2nd Edition. New York, NY: Wiley
Supplementary Interscience, 2006. ISBN: 9780471241959.
Readings Goldsmith, Andrea: Wireless Communications, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 2005. ISBN:
9780521837163.
Strang, Gilbert: Introduction to Linear Algebra, 3rd ed. Wellesley, MA: Wellesley-Cambridge Press, 2003.
ISBN: 9780961408893.
A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky, S.H. Nawab: Signals and Systems, Second Edition, 1996, ISBN-13:
978-0138147570.

96
Year Missing
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3204 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Digital Communications Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop hands-on skills in the basic principles and overview of the designs of
digital communication systems. The course includes concepts and methods of effective communication in
Rationale
noisy channels, basic information theory, source coding, channel models and channel coding technology
and spread spectrum.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Basic elements of digital communication systems and Signaling over AWGN Channels: Introduction,
1 Orthogonal signals, Anti-podal signals, Geometric representation of signals. 1
Discrete messages, Information and its properties, Entropy and its properties, Information rate and Mutual
2 1
information.
3 Analyze the series and parallel magnetic circuit configuration Huffman coding. 2
4 Digital Modulation Techniques and Signal Space Representation. 2
ISI, Correlative coding, Eye pattern, Receiving Filters - Matched Filter, Correlation receiver, Adaptive
5 1, 2
Equalization.
6 Waveform coding. 2, 3
7 PCM, DPCM and DM systems. 3
8 Time Division Multiplexing and Demultiplexing. 3, 4
9 Error Control Coding: Channel Coding. 5
Principles of Spread Spectrum: Some applications of DS Spread Spectrum Signals, Generation of PN
10 3, 4
Sequences, Frequency Hopped Spread Spectrum.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
demonstrate the theoretical characteristics of elements of digital
communication systems, AWGN Channels and signaling, Information, Entropy,
CLO1 Information rate, Mutual information, ISI and Correlative coding; 1, 2
Measure the parameters of AWGN Channels and signaling, Information,
Entropy, Information rate and Mutual information;
Course analyze Huffman coding, Digital Modulation Techniques and Signal Space
Learning Representation, Eye pattern, Matched Filter, Correlation receiver, Adaptive
CLO2 1, 2
Outcomes Equalization and waveform coding;
(CLOs)
explain the fundamental features of waveform coding, PCM, DPCM & DM
CLO3 systems, Time Division Multiplexing & Demultiplexing and Spread Spectrum; 3, 7
interpret the response of Time Division Multiplexing and Demultiplexing and
CLO4 some applications of DS Spread Spectrum Signals, Generation of PN 5, 7, 8
Sequences, Frequency Hopped Spread Spectrum;
CLO5 Design the encoder and decoder of different types of channel coding. 2, 3, 7, 8

97
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Field trip to different digital communication related Quiz
CLO2
entities (radio stations, television centers, Report Writing
CLO3 telephone exchanges and satellite stations.) Lab test
CLO4 Laboratory experiments and/or CAD. Viva voce
CLO5

Learning Materials
S. Haykin: Digital Communications, John Wiley, 2005
B.P. Lathi and Z. Ding: Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems, Fourth Edition, 2010,
ISBN-13: 978-0-19-533145-5
Recommended
J. Proakis and M. Salehi: Digital Communications, 5th edition, McGraw-Hill
Readings
B. Sklar: Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2009
Tse, David, and Pramod Viswanath: Fundamentals of Wireless Communication. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press, 2005. ISBN: 9780521845274.

Year Missing

98
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3205 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Microwave Engineering
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop the fundamental concepts of microwave communication engineering
Rationale for Electronic and Communication Engineering students.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Transmission Lines: The lumped-element circuit model for a transmission line, field Analysis of
transmission lines, The terminated lossless transmission lines, The Smith chart, the Quarter-wave
1 transformers, generator and load mismatches, impedance matching and tuning, lossy transmission lines. 1, 2, 3
Waveguides: General formulation, modes of propagation and losses in parallel plate, rectangular and
circular waveguides.
2 Microstrip lines: structures and characteristics. Microwave resonators: waveguide cavity resonators, 1
microstrip resonators. Microwave Network Analysis: Scattering Matrices and Multiport Analysis.
Section B CLOs
Microwave tubes: Klystron amplifier, Multicavity Klystron amplifier, Reflex Klystron, Magnetron, Traveling
4 Wave Tube (TWT) amplifier, Backward Wave Oscillator (BWO), Microwave filters, planer microwave 4
elements (directional copular, circulators).
Wave propagation: Introduction to radio wave propagation, Fundamental parameters of antennas,
5 Transmission formula and radar range equation, Radiation integrals. Linear wire antennas, Antenna arrays, 5, 6
Synthesis of far field patterns by array factors, Design of Dolph- Chebyshev arrays, Microstrip antennas.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Explain the fundamental laws of microwave transmission lines 1
Course Computation of transmission line parameters using Smith Chart and apply it to
CLO2 1, 2
Learning impedance matching
Outcomes CLO3 Understand different waveguide structures and design waveguides 1, 3
(CLOs) CLO4 Design microstrip lines and cavity resonators 1, 3
CLO5 Comprehend and design microwave tubes 1, 2
CLO6 Solve microwave propagation related problems 3

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Question and Answering, Quiz and Class Test.
Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation
CLO3 Assignment and Final Exam
Problem-based Learning and Presentation
CLO4 Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
S. Ramo, J. R. Whinnery & T. V. Duzer, Fields and Waves in Communication Engineering, 3/e, Wiley and
Recommended
Sons, 1993
Readings
S. Y. Liao, Microwave Devices and Circuits, 3/e, Prentice Hall, 2002

99
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3206 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Microwave Engineering Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop the fundamental concepts of electromagnetic fields and waves for
Rationale Electronic and Communication Engineering students.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Transmission Lines: Transmission line calculations using simulation software and Smith chart, Impedance
1 matching. 1, 2
Transmission Lines computations: Familiarity with microwave cables and microwave components,
2 measurement of reflection coefficient, voltage standing wave ratio measurement using VSWR meter, 3, 4, 5, 6
measurement of unknown impedance using Smith chart
Microwave tubes: Klystron amplifier, Multicavity Klystron amplifier and its hands-on operation, slotted line
3 1, 3
and effect of attenuation, measurement of microwave frequency and wavelength
Wave propagation: Introduction to waveguides, Antenna arrays, Directional couplers and introduction to
4 3, 5, 6
detectors and mixers

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explain the fundamental laws of microwave transmission lines, using
CLO1 microwave devices calculation of frequency, reflection coefficient and VSWR 1, 2, 8
Course Computation of transmission line parameters using Smith Chart and apply it to
Learning CLO2 1, 2
impedance matching
Outcomes
CLO3 Understand different waveguide structures and design waveguides 1, 3
(CLOs)
CLO4 Design microstrip lines and cavity resonators 1, 3
CLO5 Comprehend and design microwave tubes 1, 2
CLO6 Solve microwave propagation related problems 3, 4

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Question and Answering, Quiz and Class Test.
CLO3 Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation
Assignment
CLO4 Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Viva voce
CLO5
CLO6

Learning Materials
S. Ramo, J. R. Whinnery & T. V. Duzer, Fields and Waves in Communication Engineering, 3/e, Wiley and
Recommended Sons, 1993
Readings S. Y. Liao, Microwave Devices and Circuits, 3/e, Prentice Hall, 2002
Laboratory Manual of LRL Model 550B – SS of Reliance microwave kit

100
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3207 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Electrical Engineering Materials
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide a basic understanding of the electric and magnetic properties of
Rationale materials used in electrical engineering.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Dielectric Materials: Dielectric constant, dipole moment, polarization, mechanism of polarization:
1 electronic, ionic and orientational; internal field, Clausius-Mosotti equation; spontaneous polarization, 1, 2
frequency dependence of dielectric constant, dielectric loss and piezoelectricity, dielectric breakdown.
Classical theory of electrical and thermal conduction: Scattering, mobility and resistivity, temperature
2 3
dependence of metal resistivity, Mathiessen’s rule, Hall effect and thermal conductivity.
3 Quantum theory of metals: Free electron model, conduction in metals. 3
Section B CLOs
Magnetic properties of materials: Magnetic moment, magnetization and relative permittivity, different
4 magnetic materials and their properties, ferromagnetism origin and the exchange interaction, magnetic 4
domains, properties of soft and hard magnetic materials, their examples and typical applications.
Introduction to superconductivity: Zero resistance and the Meissner effect, Type I and Type II
5 superconductors, critical current density, superconductivity origin, Josephson effect, applications of 5
superconductors.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Analyze the properties of dielectrics. 1, 2
Course
Learning CLO2 Describe polarization and its mechanism. 1
Outcomes CLO3 Realize Hall effect, thermal conductivity, and quantum theory of metals. 2
(CLOs) Use the knowledge of magnetic materials to solve practical problems.
CLO4 7
CLO5 Understand the physics of magnetic phase transitions and superconductivity. 8

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
Class participation, Class test, Assignment and Final
CLO3 Lecture, Group discussion and presentation. Exam.
CLO4
CLO5

Learning Materials
Recommended S. O. Kasap, Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices, 4/e, McGraw Hill, 2017.
Readings AdrianusJ. Dekker, Electrical Engineering Materials, 1/e, Prentice Hall, 1959.

101
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3209 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Semiconductor Processing and Fabrication Technology
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This is the fundamental and essential course for the students to provide the knowledge about basics of
Rationale semiconductor processing and IC fabrication technology so that they can apply the knowledge in industry
and research.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Substrate materials: Crystal growth and wafer preparation, epitaxial growth technique, molecular beam
epitaxy, chemical vapor phase epitaxy and chemical vapor deposition (CVD). Doping techniques: Diffusion
1 1
and ion implantation. Growth and deposition of dielectric layers: Thermal oxidation, CVD, plasma CVD,
sputtering and silicon-nitride growth. Introduction to Semiconductor Characterization Tools.
Etching: Wet chemical etching, silicon and GaAs etching, anisotropic etching, selective etching, dry
2 physical etching, ion beam etching, sputtering etching and reactive ion etching. Cleaning: Surface cleaning, 2
organic cleaning and RCA cleaning.
Section B CLOs
Lithography: Photoreactive materials, pattern generation, pattern transfer and metalization. Steps of
3 3
lithography. Non-optical lithography.
4 Discrete device fabrication: Diode, transistor, resistor and capacitor. 4
Integrated circuit fabrication: Isolation - pn junction isolation, mesa isolation and oxide isolation. BJT based
5 microcircuits, p-channel and n-channel MOSFETs, complimentary MOSFETs and silicon on insulator 4
devices. Testing, bonding and packaging.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Describe crystal growth, wafer preparation, deposition techniques and doping
CLO1 techniques. 1, 2
Course
Learning Apply the knowledge in diffusion, implantation, etching, oxidation and
CLO2 3
Outcomes sputtering techniques.
(CLOs) Understand photolithography process, non-optical lithography and pattern
CLO3 3
generation.
CLO4 Describe the fabrication process of discrete components and IC. 2

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Question and Answering
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion, and Presentation Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Viva voce and Final Exam

Learning Materials
Recommended S. M Sze and M.-K. Lee, Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2012.
Readings Badih El-Kareh, Fundamentals of Semiconductor Processing Technology, Springer, 1995.
Michael E. Levinshtein (Editor), Michael S. Shur (Editor), Semiconductor Technology: Processing and
Supplementary
Novel Fabrication Techniques, 1st Edition, Wiley-Interscience, 1997.
Readings
Millman & Halkias, Integrated Electronics, 11th Reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill, India,1991.

102
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3211 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Power System
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This is the fundamental and essential course for the students to provide the knowledge about basics of
Rationale power system, power quality, load flow and transmission system so that they can apply the knowledge in
industry and research.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Network Representation: Single line and reactance diagram of power system and per unit system.
1 Transmission Lines: Line representation, Equivalent circuit of short, medium and long lines, reactive 1, 2
compensation of lines and DC transmission.
Load flow: Gauss-Seidel and Newton Raphson methods. Power flow control. Control of voltage, Real and
2 1, 2
Reactive Power, Reactive Power Compensation.
Synchronous Machines: Transient and sub-transient reactance and short circuit currents. Symmetrical
3 fault calculation methods. Symmetrical Components: Power, unsymmetrical series impedances and 1, 2, 3
sequence networks.
4 Different types of unsymmetrical faults: Solid faults and faults through impedance. 1, 2, 3
Section B CLOs
Stability: Definition and classification of stability, two-axis model of synchronous machine, loading
5 capability. 1, 2
Rotor angle stability: Swing equation, Power-angle equation.
Synchronizing: Synchronizing power coefficients, equal area criterion, multi-machine stability studies,
6 1, 2, 3
step-by-step solution of the swing curve, factors affecting transient stability. Frequency and voltage stability.
Flexible AC transmission system (FACTS): Introduction, shunt compensation (SVC, STATCOM), Series
7 1, 2, 3
compensation (SSSC, TCSC, TCSR, TCPST), Series-shunt compensation (UPFC).
Power quality: Voltage sag and swell, surges, harmonics, flicker, grounding problems; IEEE/IEC standards,
8 1, 2
mitigation techniques.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Recall and illustrate fundamental components of power system, transmission,
Course CLO1 load flow, machines, stability, faults and power quality. 1, 4, 7, 10
Learning
Outcomes Apply, develop and analyze the components of power system, transmission,
CLO2 2, 4, 5, 12
(CLOs) load flow, machines, stability, faults and power quality.
Solve related problems, explain and evaluate power systems, transmission,
CLO3 3, 7, 8, 9, 10
lines, load flow, machines, stability, faults and power quality.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture Quiz, Class Test and Final Exam
CLO2 Lecture and Group Discussion Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Lecture Class Test and Final Exam

103
Learning Materials
D.P. Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, Power System Engineering, Mcgraw Hill, 2nd edition, January 1, 2007.
Recommended V. K. Mehta and Rohit Mehta, Principles of Power Systems, S. Chand Publishing, 2005.
Readings
PSR Murthy, Power System Analysis, BS Publications, 2019.
John Grainger and William Stevenson, Power System Analysis, McGraw Hill, 1st edition, January 1, 1994.
Supplementary
Readings R. K. Rajput, A Text Book of Power System Engineering, Laxmi Publications, 2006.
[Link], Generation of Electrical Energy, S. Chand Publishing, 2017.

104
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 3213 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Data Science
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This is designed to provide strong foundation for data science and application area related to it and
Rationale
understand the underlying core concepts and emerging technologies in data science.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction: Introduction to Data Science – Evolution of Data Science – Data Science Roles – Stages in a
1 1
Data Science Project – Applications of Data Science in various fields.
2 Data Collection and Data Pre-Processing: Data Collection Strategies – Data Pre-Processing Overview – 2
Data Cleaning – Data Integration and Transformation – Data Reduction – Data Discretization.
Exploratory Data Analytics: Descriptive Statistics – Mean, Standard Deviation, Skewness and Kurtosis – Box
3 3
Plots – Pivot Table – Heat Map – Correlation Statistics – ANOVA.
Section B CLOs
Model Development: Simple and Multiple Regression – Model Evaluation using Visualization – Residual Plot
4 – Distribution Plot – Polynomial Regression and Pipelines – Measures for In-sample Evaluation – Prediction 4
and Decision Making.
Model Evaluation: Generalization Error – Out-of-Sample Evaluation Metrics – Cross Validation – Overfitting
5 – Under Fitting and Model Selection – Prediction by using Ridge Regression – Testing Multiple Parameters 4
by using Grid Search.
Data Science and Ethical Issues: Discussions on privacy, security, ethics, A look back at Data Science,
6 1, 5
Next-generation data scientists.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Explore the fundamental concepts of data science. 1, 2
Course
Learning CLO2 Understand data analysis techniques for applications handling large data. 3
Outcomes Recognize various machine learning algorithms used in the data science
CLO3 3
(CLOs) process.
CLO4 Visualize and present the inference using various tools. 2
CLO5 Learn to think through the ethics surrounding privacy, data sharing, and 11
algorithmic decision-making

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Question and Answering
CLO2
Lecture, Group Discussion, and Presentation Quiz and Class Test
CLO3
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4
Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

105
Learning Materials
Jojo Moolayil, “Smarter Decisions : The Intersection of IoT and Data Science”, PACKT, 2016.
Recommended Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt , “Doing Data Science”, O'Reilly, 2015.
Readings David Dietrich, Barry Heller, Beibei Yang, “Data Science and Big data Analytics”, EMC 2013
Raj, Pethuru, “Handbook of Research on Cloud Infrastructures for Big Data Analytics”, IGI Global.
Introducing Data Science, Davy Cielen, Arno D. B. Meysman, Mohamed Ali, Manning Publications Co., 1st
Supplementary edition, 2016.
Readings An Introduction to Statistical Learning: with Applications in R, Gareth James, Daniela Witten, Trevor
Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Springer, 1st edition, 2013.

106
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 3215 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Artificial Intelligence
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale The course intends to provide knowledge on different Artificial Intelligent methods and its various facets.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Intuition of artificial intelligence: Definition of AI, Intuition of concepts that are applicable to AI, Problems
1 1
types of AI and their properties. .
Search fundamental: The intuition of planning and searching, Identifying problems suited to be solved
2 using search algorithms, representing problem spaces in a way suitable to be processed by search 1, 2
algorithms, Understanding and designing fundamental search algorithms to solve problems.
Intelligent Search: Understanding and designing heuristics for guided search, Identifying problems suited
3 to being solved with guided search approaches, understanding and designing a guided search algorithm, 1, 2
Designing a search algorithm to play a two-player game. .
Evolutionary Algorithms: The inspiration for evolutional algorithms, solving problems with evolutionary
4 algorithms, understanding the life cycle of genetic algorithm, Designing and developing a genetic 2, 3
algorithm to solve optimization problems.
Section B CLOs
Advanced evolutionary approaches: Considering options for the various steps in the genetic algorithm life
5 cycle., Adjusting a genetic algorithm to solve varying problems 2, 3
Swarm Intelligence: Ants Seeing and understanding what inspired swarm intelligence algorithms, Solving
6 problems with swarm intelligence algorithms, Designing and implanting an ant colony optimization 2, 3
algorithm.
Swarm Intelligence: Particles Understanding the inspiration for particle swarm intelligence algorithms,
7 understanding and solving optimization problems, Designing and implementing particle swarm 2, 3
optimization algorithms.
Intelligence Learning : Solving problems with machine learning algorithms, regression, Artificial Neural
8 4
networks, and reinforcement learning with Q-learning.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Identify the philosophy behind the Artificial Intelligence. 1, 2
Course
Learning CLO2 Analyze underlying principle of intelligence based search algorithms. 2, 3
Outcomes Make use of the evolutionary and Swarm intelligence based algorithms for
CLO3 1, 2, 8
(CLOs) solving searching and optimization problems.
CLO4 Identify various machine learning algorithms. 3, 8

107
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO2
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3
Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Recommended R. Hurbans, grokking Artificial Intelligence Algorithms. Manning.
Readings S. J. Russel, P. Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach” Pearsons.

Year Missing

108
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 3251 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Microprocessor and Embedded Systems
Course Status Core
Credit 3.00
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide the fundamental knowledge needed to understand, utilize, and design
Rationale
processor-based and embedded systems.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Basic components of a computer system. Simple-As-Possible (SAP) computer: SAP-1, selected concepts
from SAP-2 and SAP-3 (jump, call, return, stack, push and pop). Evolution of microprocessors. Introduction
1 to Intel 8086 microprocessor: features, architecture, minimum mode operation of 8086 microprocessor: 1
system timing diagrams of read and write cycles, memory banks, design of decoders for RAM, ROM and
PORT.
Introduction to Intel 8086 Assembly Language Programming: Basic instructions, logic, shift and rotate
instructions, addressing modes, stack management and procedures, advanced arithmetic instructions for
2 2
multiplication and division, instructions for BCD and double precision numbers, introduction to 8086
programming with C language.
Section B CLOs
Hardware Interfacing with Intel 8086 microprocessor: Programmable peripheral interface, programmable
3 interrupt controller, programmable timer, serial communication interface, keyboard and display interface 3
(LED, 7 segment, dot matrix and LCD).
Embedded systems: Basic units of embedded system, generic embedded systems structure, sensing
4 devices/sensor modules, nodes and systems, actuators, A/D conversion, basic equipment. RISC and CISC 4
processor architecture, AVR architecture.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Explain, analyze and design basic components of a computer system. 1, 2, 3
Learning
CLO2 Learn and apply assembly language 1, 2
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 Illustrate and design hardware interfacing with microprocessors. 1, 3, 8
CLO4 Design and describe basic units of embedded systems. 2, 3, 8

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Quiz and Class Test
CLO2 Lecture, Presentation, Group discussion and
Assignment and Presentation
CLO3 Workshop
Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing: Hardware and Software, 3/e,¬¬ Mc GRaw Hill Ltd., India,1995.
Recommended
Gaonkar, Microprocessors and System Design
Readings
Barry b. Brey, The Intel Microprocessors, 4/e, PHL Publication, India, 1996.

Year Missing 109


Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 3252 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Microprocessor and Embedded Systems Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide practical knowledge and develop skills in microprocessor-based
Rationale
systems and embedded systems.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Assembly: Data storage in registers, branching (if-else and loop), memory management, arithmetic and
1 1
logical operations.
Previous lab practice class
2 Projects to verify practically the theories and concepts learned in section A of the course. 3
3 Microcontrollers: Basics of microcontrollers, interfacing with peripherals, integration with sensors 2
Previous lab practice class.
4 Projects to verify practically the theories and concepts learned in section B of the course. 3

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Apply the knowledge of assembly language 1, 2, 8
Learning
Demonstrate the knowledge of microcontroller concepts, architecture,
Outcomes CLO2 2, 3, 8
programming, and application of microcontrollers.
(CLOs)
CLO3 Design industrial and real-time applications (projects) individually or as a team. 3, 5, 8, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Quiz, Lab test
Lecture, Group discussion, Hands-on- Problem
CLO2 Presentation
Solving, Presentation
CLO3 Viva voce

Learning Materials
Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing: Hardware and Software, 3/e, McGRaw-Hill,1995.
Gaonkar, Microprocessor, Architecture, Programming, and Applications, 25/r, Wiley Eastern, 1993.
Recommended Barry b. Brey, The Intel Microprocessors, 4/e, PHL Publication, India, 1996.
Readings The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems – Book by Muhammad Ali Mazidi – 2nd edition
Exploring Arduino: Tools and Techniques for Engineering Wizardry – Book by Jeremy Blum – 2nd edition
Exploring Raspberry Pi: Interfacing to the Real World with Embedded Linux - Book by Derek Molloy – 1st
edition

Year Missing

110
Course Code: 0714 09 BA 3281 Year: Third Term: Second
Course Title Industrial Management and Law
Course Status Core
Credit 2.00
Prerequisite(s) None
This is a fundamental course for the students to provide knowledge about the basics of industrial
Rationale management and related laws so that they can fully appreciate the role and scope of management in
contemporary society and act accordingly under regulatory laws to apply the gained knowledge in future.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Administration and Management, Scientific management, Organization, Management and organization,
1 1
organization structure, organization chart, Authority and responsibility, Span of control
Selection and recruitment of employees, Sources of recruitment, Advantages and disadvantages of the
2 sources, Selection processes, Employer training and its types, promotion, Wage system and incentive, 2
Methods of wages, payment and types of incentives systems,
The layout of physical facilities, Plant layout, Types of layouts, Material handling, Maintenance,
Maintenance policy, Production control in the intermittent and continuous manufacturing industry,
3 3
Functions of production control, Transportation and storage, Inventory management, types of inventories,
Need and methods of control, Factors affecting inventory building-up, Economic lot size and reorder point.
Section B CLOs
Commercial law, Law of contract, Elements of a valid contract, Termination of a contract, Sale of goods
4 acts, Goods, Classification of goods according to sale of goods act, Sale and agreement to sell, Essential 4
elements of sale of goods act, Condition and warranty,
5 Negotiable instrument Act, Bill of exchange, Promissory note, Cheque. 5
Industrial laws in Bangladesh, Factories Act, Rules regarding health and hygiene, Welfare, safety, Working
6 6
hours of workers, Industrial Relation Ordinance, Workmen’s compensation act.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explain the management process and organization’s basics to make
CLO1 appropriate decisions in organizational setting. 4, 6, 8, 10
Demonstrate how an organization can be equipped with the most suitable
CLO2 human resources through gaining knowledge about recruitment and selection 5, 6, 8, 11
processes, training and compensation systems.
Course Illustrate how an organization can be effective and efficient through making
Learning appropriate decisions regarding production and operations management
CLO3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8
Outcomes focusing on inventory management, facility layout, and controlling the
(CLOs) processes.
Analyze how contracts and collaborations are made between parties for
CLO4 4, 9, 11
successful and fruitful collaboration under legal requirements.
Evaluate how financial instruments are managed to make appropriate
CLO5 1, 2, 5, 7, 8
decisions regarding an organization’s financial resources.
CLO6 Explain how various activities of an organization are directed, guided, 3, 4, 9
monitored and controlled by enforcing relevant laws.

111
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture and Team Teaching,
CLO2 Lecture, Discussion and Practical experimentation
CLO3 Problem-based Learning, Lecture, Discussion Quiz, Assignment, Presentation, Viva voce, Class test
CLO4 Lecture, Assessing resources, Discussion and Final exam
CLO5 Lecture, Problem-based learning, Discussion
CLO6 Lecture, Assessing resources, Discussion

Learning Materials
Management Principles and Practices by Ricky. Grififn
Recommended Human Resource Management by Gary Dessler
Readings Operations Management by William J. Stevenson
Commercial Law Including Company Law and Industrial Law by Sen and Mitra
Human Resource Management Robert L. Mathis
Supplementary
Financial Management by Brigham, Gapenski and Ehrhardt
Readings
Bangladesh Labour Act, 2006

Year Missing

112
Fourth Year Term First
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4100 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Thesis
Course Status Optional
Credit 4.0
Prerequisite(s) At least 80 credits should be completed.
This course is designed to enable the students to develop deeper knowledge, understanding, capabilities
Rationale
and attitudes in the context of the electronics and communication engineering.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


In 0714 09 ECE 4100 Thesis course, students will write a thesis proposal in the field of Electronics and
Communication Engineering and present their proposal to thesis committee or supervisor. Students will
gain experience in conducting an extensive literature review, developing a rationale for their thesis,
creating an outline for the thesis paper, and writing and defending their proposal. Students will also gain a
1 deeper understanding of how research is conducted and/or how artistic theses are created. This course 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
will incorporate numerous aspects of materials that students have learned in previous classes. During this
course, students will be meeting with their supervisor regularly during the term.
N. B. The 0714 09 ECE 4100 Thesis course will be continued to Fourth Year Second Term. In the tabulation
sheet (Fourth Year First Term) grading will be indicated as continuation ‘X’.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Compile and compare multiple sources relevant to thesis topic. 1, 2
Learning CLO2 Name literature sources in the style required by department or adviser. 2, 3
Outcomes CLO3 Develop a persuasive argument as to why students’ thesis is important. 5
(CLOs) Write the proposal and revise it based on feedback from the thesis committee.
CLO4 1
CLO5 Deliver a successful PowerPoint presentation of the thesis proposal. 1

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and active learning
Quiz, Class Test, Assignment,
CLO3 Lecture and group discussion
Viva voce and Proposal Defense
CLO4 Lecture and demonstration
CLO5

Learning Materials
Recommended
As guided by the Supervisor based on the research area.
Readings

113
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4102 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Industrial Training
Course Status Core
Credit Non credit
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed for developing knowledge, skills and familiarizing students with the industry,
Rationale
corporate environment, job nature, responsibilities and to find the relation between theory and practice.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Students will take 3 weeks industrial training in an Electrical, Electronics and Communication related
industry or establishment. Student will be evaluated on the basis of a report submitted by them after the
1 1, 2, 3, 4
completion of the training, oral examination and the report from the concerned industry or establishment.
This training is to be organized during the inter-session break.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Adapt good technical knowledge, management, leadership and
CLO1 entrepreneurship skills. 12
Course
Identify, formulate and model problems and find engineering solution based on
Learning CLO2 2
a systems approach.
Outcomes
(CLOs) Build capability and enthusiasm for self-improvement through continuous
CLO3 8, 11
professional development and life-long learning.
Design solutions for social, cultural, global and environmental responsibility as
CLO4 an engineer. 3

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Report submission and presentation
Hands-on Training
CLO3 Certificate of participation and successful completion
CLO4

Learning Materials
Recommended
As reported for various courses.
Readings

114
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4103 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title VLSI Technology
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
Rationale The course designed to provide and develop the basic knowledge of VLSI and system design.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
VLSI Design Methodology: VLSI Design flow, Top-down design approach, technology trends, full custom
1 1, 2
design and semicustom design, HDL, RTL design, EDA tools.
MOS technology: Introduction to Microelectronics and MOS Technology, Basic Electrical Properties and
2 Circuit design processes of MOS and Bi-CMOS Circuits, MOS, nMOS, CMOS inverters, pass transistor and 1, 2, 3
transmission gates, DC and transient characteristics.
3 Overview of fabrication process: nMOS, pMOS, CMOS, Bi-CMOS process. 1
4 nMOS and CMOS layout: Color plate stick diagram, and design rules. 1, 2
CMOS circuit characteristics: Resistance and capacitance, rise and fall time, power estimation.
Section B CLOs
System Design: Bi-CMOS circuits, Shifter, an ALU Sub-System, adder, multipliers, multiplexer. Data path
5 and memory structures, buffer circuit design, DCVS Logic. 1, 2, 3
Design and Test-Ability: Circuit partitioning, Floor planning and placement, Routing, Practical Aspects of
6 1, 2, 3
Design Tools and Test-Ability MOS Design.
7 RTL Design: Behavioral Description, Structural Description, Physical Description, Design Verification. 1, 2, 3
8 Off-Chip Connections: Pad design, I/O Architecture, Packages. 1

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course Learn, understand, illustrate and relate the fundamentals, rules and practices
CLO1 of VLSI Technology. 1, 2, 7, 10
Learning
Outcomes CLO2 Model MOS, apply principles and analyze VLSI circuits and systems. 2, 3, 4, 5, 12
(CLOs) Estimate different electrical parameters, develop, design, optimize and solve
CLO3 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
VLSI circuits and systems.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture and active learning Quiz, Class Test and Final Exam
CLO2 Lecture and group discussion Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Lecture and demonstration Viva voce and Final Exam

Learning Materials
Pucknell and Eshragh, “Basic VLSI Design”, Prentice Hall of India; 3rd edition, January 1, 2016.
Joseph Cavanagh, “Verilog HDL: Digital Design and Modeling,” CRC Press, February 20, 2007.
Recommended
Linda E. M. Brackenbury, “Design of VLSI Systems –A Practical Introduction”, Macmillan Education Ltd., 1987.
Readings
L. T. Wang, C. Wu, and X. Wen, “VLSI Test Principles and Architectures: Design for Testability”, Elsevier
Inc., 2006.
Supplementary Neil Weste and David Harris, “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective”, Pearson
Readings Education, 4th Edition, 2011.

115
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4104 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title VLSI Technology Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop skills in EDA tools and VLSI circuit design, analysis, implementation and
Rationale
applications.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 CMOS design and implementation of masks of different logic gates and functions using EDA tools. 1, 2
2 RTL design and FPGA implementation of various combinational and sequential logics. 1, 2, 3
3 RTL design and FPGA implementation of an 8 bit ALU. 1, 2, 3
4 RTL design and FPGA implementation of 8 bit RAM and ROM. 1, 2, 3
5 RTL design and FPGA implementation of a digital clock. 1, 2, 3
6 RTL design and FPGA implementation of BCD adder. 1, 2, 3

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course Develop skills to use professional EDA tools, such as ModelSim, Quartus Prime
Learning CLO1 and Microwind, and illustrate and verify the principles of VLSI technology. 1, 2, 3, 4, 10, 11
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO2 Estimate, solve, analyze and test VLSI systems. 5, 6, 7, 8
CLO3 Model, formulate, design, optimize and implement VLSI circuits and systems. 8, 9, 10, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture, demonstration, hands on training and
Lab. Performance and Viva voce
CLO2 laboratory experiment
Quiz Test and Viva voce
CLO3 Hands on training and laboratory experiment

Learning Materials
Pucknell and Eshragh, “Basic VLSI Design”, Prentice Hall of India; 3rd edition, January 1, 2016.
Joseph Cavanagh, “Verilog HDL: Digital Design and Modeling,” CRC Press, February 20, 2007.
Linda E. M. Brackenbury, “Design of VLSI Systems –A Practical Introduction”, Macmillan Education Ltd.,
Recommended
1987.
Readings
L. T. Wang, C. Wu, and X. Wen, “VLSI Test Principles and Architectures: Design for Testability”, Elsevier
Inc., 2006.
Laboratory Manuals.
Supplementary Neil Weste and David Harris, “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective”, Pearson
Readings Education, 4th Edition, 2011.

116
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4105 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Digital Signal Processing
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide knowledge in the field of discrete time signals and systems and to apply time
Rationale
and transform domains techniques in to the analysis and design of discrete-time systems.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction: Signal, System and Signal Processing; Classification and Concept of Continuous and Discrete
1 Time Signals; Various signal and system representation and manipulations; sampling, and aliasing 1, 2
Discrete Time Signals and Systems: Discrete Time Signals (DTS); Discrete Time Systems; Analysis of
2 Discrete-Time LTI System; DTS described by difference equation; Implementation of Discrete Time 1, 2, 3
Systems; Correlation of Discrete time signals
z-Transform and Its Application to The Analysis of LTI Systems: Introduction, Properties of the z-Transform,
3 2, 3, 4
Rational, Inverse and One-sided z-Transform; Analysis of LTI system in the z-domain
Frequency Analysis of Discrete-Time Signals and Systems: Frequency Analysis of Discrete-Time signals;
4 Fourier Transform and its Properties for DTS; Frequency Domain Characteristics and Analysis for LTI 2, 3, 4
Systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT): Frequency Domain Sampling and Properties of DFT; Linear Filtering and
5 Frequency Analysis Based on DFT, Analyses of Signals Using DFT; DFT’s Relation to Other Fourier Methods 2, 3, 4
and Its Computation via Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
Section B CLOs
Linear Filters: LTI system as frequency selective filters: Ideal Filter Characteristics, Lowpass, Highpass, and
Bandpass Filters, Digital Resonators, Notch Filters, Comb Filters, All-Pass Filters, Digital Sinusoidal
6 4, 5
Oscillators; Filter Architecture, Filter Comparisons, Limit Cycles; Analysis, Design, and Realization of Digital
Filters
Design Techniques of FIR Filter: Design of Linear Phase FIR Filters by Using Windows, Optimum Equiripple,
7 4, 5
and Frequency sampling Methods
Design Techniques of IIR Filter: Characteristics of Commonly Used Analog Filters; IIR Filter Design by
8 4, 5
Approximation of Derivatives, Impulse Variance, Bilinear Transformation, Matched-z Transformation
Commonly Used Filters: Weiner Filter, Yule-Walker Equation, Unconstrained Weiner Filter (in z domain),
9 Recursive Weiner Filter (Using Innovation Process), Kalman Filter, Recursions in Kalman Filter, Extended 4, 5
Kalman Filter, Comparison of Kalman and Weiner Filters

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Define, classify, and analyze discrete time signals and systems. 1, 2, 5
Describe the characteristics and transformations of discrete time signals
CLO2 1, 2
Course mathematically.
Learning Apply techniques in time and transform domains to the analysis and design of
Outcomes CLO3 1, 2, 3, 5
discrete-time systems.
(CLOs) Demonstrate the ability to manipulate signals using analytical techniques and
CLO4 write algorithms to implement discrete-time systems. 1, 2, 5

Design digital filters and apply them to signal and information processing;
CLO5 1, 2, 3, 5
illustrate working principle of commonly used filters.

117
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion, Problem-based Learning, Quiz, Class Test, Assignment, Viva voce, and Final
CLO3 Presentation Exam
CLO4
CLO5

Learning Materials
J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms, and Applications.
Recommended A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Schafer, Discrete-Time Signal Processing.
Readings
Vinay K. Ingle, John G. Proakis, Digital Signal Processing Using MATLAB 3RD Edition.
Supplementary
Steven W. Smith, The Scientist and Engineer’s and Guide to Digital Signal Processing, Online text.
Readings

Year Missing

118
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4106 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Digital Signal Processing Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course intends to provide hands on experimental knowledge to analyze and design digital signal and
Rationale
signal processing systems.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Generate and manipulate discrete time signals, Sampling and aliasing 1, 2
2 Correlation and convolution of Discrete time signals and systems 1, 2, 3
3 z-Transform and Its Application to The Analysis of LTI Systems 2, 3, 4
4 Frequency Analysis of Discrete-Time Signals and Systems 2, 3, 4
Frequency Domain Sampling and Properties of Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), DFT Computation via Fast 2, 3, 4
5
Fourier Transform (FFT)
6 Linear Filters: LTI system as frequency selective filters 4
7 Design Techniques of Linear Phase FIR Filters 4
8 Design Techniques of IIR Filters 4
9 Commonly Used Practical Digital Filters 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Define, classify, and analyze discrete time signals and systems. 1, 2, 8
Course Apply techniques in time and transform domains to the analysis and design of
CLO2 1, 2, 8
Learning discrete-time systems.
Outcomes Manipulate signals using analytical techniques and write algorithms to
(CLOs) CLO3 6, 8
implement discrete-time systems.

CLO4 Design digital filters and apply them to real-world applications of signal and 6, 8
information processing illustrate working principle of commonly used filters.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation Quiz, Class Test, Assignment, Viva voce
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Vinay K. Ingle, John G. Proakis, Digital Signal Processing Using MATLAB 3RD Edition.
Recommended Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms, and Applications by J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis.
Readings
A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Schafer, Discrete-Time Signal Processing.
Supplementary The Scientist and Engineer’s and Guide to Digital Signal Processing by Steven W. Smith. Online text.
Readings Andreas Schwarzinger, Digital Signal Processing in Modern Communication Systems, (Edition 2.0)

Year Missing 119


Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4107 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Telecommunication Engineering
Course Status Core
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide the foundation knowledge of telecommunication networks that includes
Rationale analog and digital telephony with advanced technology. Particular attention will be paid to provide
knowledge on VOIP, signaling system and traffic analysis.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Telecommunication Network Architecture, Evolution of telecommunication networks, Application of
1 telecommunication networks including digital telephony. 1
Introduction to analogue switching system, Basic concept of telecommunication switching system, Stored
2 Program Controlled System (SPC). 1, 2
N-ISDN and B-ISDN, architecture of BISDN, B-ISDN implementation, Digital subscriber loop (DSL) and
3 1, 4
ADSL system.
Section B CLOs
Signaling system in telecommunication, CCIT signaling system, SS7 signaling system, Signaling network
4 structure. 1
Traffic in telecommunication engineering, Traffic characterization, Grade of service and blocking
5 1, 3, 4
probability, Analysis of network blocking probabilities.
Principles of Voice processing over IP telephony, Development from traditional telephony to IP telephony,
6 2, 4
VOIP gateway, Types of codecs and their characteristics, Latest trend of VOIP and its applications.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand basic and some advanced concepts and techniques of
CLO1 telecommunications networks. 1, 2, 7
Course
Develop problem solving approaches as applied in telecommunications
Learning CLO2 2, 5, 7, 11
networking areas.
Outcomes
(CLOs) Able to analyze the performance of telecommunication networks in terms of
CLO3 2, 3, 4, 8, 11
tele-traffic models to estimate its practical implementation.
Interpret latest trend of VOIP and telecommunication networks and its
CLO4 practical implementation issues. 4, 3, 5, 9

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Question and Answering, Quiz and Class Test.
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation
Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Roger L. Freeman: Telecommunication System Engineering, Willey, Fourth edition.
Recommended
Annabel Z. Dodd: The Essential Guide to Telecommunications, 5th Edition.
Readings
John C. Bellamy: Digital Telephony

120
Year Missing
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4108 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Telecommunication Engineering Sessional / Field Trip
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop hands-on skills in telecommunication network architecture, switching
Rationale
systems and signaling systems.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Telecomm networks and switching systems. 1
2 BISDN architecture and implementation, Digital subscriber loop (DSL) and ADSL system. 1, 2
3 Signaling network structure in telecommunication, SS7 signaling system. 1, 3
4 Voice over IP telephony, VOIP gateway and its applications. 1, 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explain basic and advanced features in telecommunications networks and its
Course CLO1 application. 1, 2, 5, 6
Learning
CLO2 Explain the implementation and application of BISDN, DSL and ADSL. 2, 3, 10
Outcomes
(CLOs) Classify and compare different signaling systems in telecommunication
CLO3 1, 2, 5, 6
engineering.
CLO4 Understand VOIP and its applications. 3, 6, 11

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Field trip to different telephone exchanges. Quiz, Lab test
CLO2
Laboratory experiments and/or computer Report writing
CLO3
simulation. Viva voce
CLO4

Learning Materials
Recommended Roger L. Freeman: Telecommunication System Engineering, Willey, Fourth edition.
Readings Annabel Z. Dodd: The Essential Guide to Telecommunications, 5th Edition.

Year Missing

121
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4109 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Radar and Satellite Communication
Course Status Core
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to introduce the students with the fundamentals of radar and satellite communication,
Rationale helps them to expose to the examples of applications and trade-offs that typically occur in engineering
system design, and asks them to apply the knowledge in design problems.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
RADAR Eqation: Radar Equation, Radar Block Diagram and Operation, Prediction of Range Performance,
Minimum Detectable Signal, Probability Density Functions, Receiver Noise and SNR, Integration of Radar
1 Pulses, Radar Cross-section of Targets (simple targets-sphere, cone-sphere), Transmitter Power, PRF and 1
Range Ambiguities, System Losses and Propagation Effects, related problems.
CW and Frequency Modulated RADAR: Doppler Effect, CW Radar-Block Diagram, Isolation between
Transmitter and Receiver, Non-Zero IF Receiver, Receiver Bandwidth Requirements, Applications of CW
2 1
Radar, FMCW Radar, Range and
Doppler Measurement, Block Diagram and characteristics, FM-CW Altimeter, Multiple Frequency CW Radar.
MTI, Pulse Doppler RADAR and Tracking RADAR: Introduction to MTI Radar, Delay line Cancellers, Blind
Speeds, Moving target Detector, Limitation to MTI performance, MTI from moving platform, Pulse Doppler
3 1
Radar. Tracking with Radar, Sequential Lobing, Conical Scan, Monopulse Tracking Radar, Low angle
tracking, Pulse compression, Block Diagrams of Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR), Phased array Radars.
RADAR Receivers and Radio Navigational Aids: The Radar Receiver, Noise Figure and Noise Temperature,
Mixers, Low Noise front-ends, Radar Displays, Duplexer and Receiver Protectors.
4 Aircraft Homing System and Instrument Landing System: Introduction, Switching Cardioid Homing System, 1, 2
Four Course Radio Range, Omni directional Ranges, Tactical air navigation (TACAN), instrument
Landing System, Microwave Landing System Introduction to Hyperbolic Navigation: LORAN-A, LOREAN-C.
Section B CLOs
Introduction: Origin of Satellite Communication, Historical Back ground, Introduction to Polar,
geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites, Kepler’s laws, Locating the satellite with respect to the
5 earth, sub-satellite point, look angles, mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite, Orbital 1
perturbations, Orbit determination, Orbital effects in communication systems performance. Bangladeshi
scenario in communication satellites.
Satellite Subsystems and Satellite Transponder: Attitude and orbit control system, telemetry, tracking,
Command and monitoring, Power systems, Communication subsystems, Satellite antenna, Equipment
6 1
reliability and Space qualification. Transponder model, Satellite signal processing, RF-RF translation, IF
demodulation.
Satellite Link Design: Basic transmission theory, system noise temperature and G/T ratio, Design of
7 downlinks, uplink design, Design of satellite links for specified C/N, System design example. 1, 3
Earth Station Subsystem: Introduction, Transmitters and Receivers, Different types of earth stations, Orbit
consideration, coverage and frequency considerations, Delay & Throughput considerations, System
8 1
considerations,
Space craft antennas, Multiple Access Techniques, comparison of FDMA, TDMA, CDMA and SDMA.
Introduction to Various Satellite Systems: VSAT, direct broadcast satellite television and radio, satellite
9 1, 4
navigation and the global positioning systems.

122
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand the basic Concepts of radar system. Know the different types of
radars and their applications Familiarize with different methods used for
tracking targets. Understand the orbital mechanics, basic concepts of satellite
CLO1 1, 2, 3, 7
communication and its applications. Understand the Concepts of satellite
Course subsystems and Link Design. Know about Satellite Earth stations and
Learning Understand satellite navigational aids.
Outcomes Apply basic detection theory to radar systems.
(CLOs) CLO2 Understand various technologies used in the design of radar systems & 3, 6, 7, 8, 10
Navigational Aids.
Analyze and evaluate various parameters to design the power budget for
CLO3 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11
satellite links.
Compare Earth station technology and Satellite navigation and the global
CLO4 10, 12
positioning system.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO2 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam

Learning Materials
Merril. I. Skolnik, Introduction to Radar Systems, 2/e, MGH, 1981.
G S N Raju, Radar Engineering and Fundamentals of Navigational Aids, IK international Publishers,
2008.
Recommended Mark A. Richards, James A. Scheer and William A. Holm, Principles of Modern Radar: Basic Principles,
Readings YesDee Publishing Pvt. Ltd., India, 2012.
Byron Edde, Radar: Principles, Technology, Applications, Pearson, 2008.
Dennis Roddy, Satellite Communications, MGraw Hill, Millan, 4th edition, 2013.
Timothy Pratt and Charles Bostian, Satellite Communications, John Wiley, 1986.
Roger J Suullivan, Radar Foundations for Imaging and Advanced Topics.
Supplementary N S Nagaraja, Elements of Electronic Navigation,TMH.
Readings
R.M. Gagliardi, Satellite Communication.

Year Missing

123
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4110 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Radar and Satellite Communication Sessional / Field Trip
Course Status Core
Credit NC
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop hands-on skills in the fundamentals of radar and satellite
communication, components and system level design and demonstrate these systems in various
Rationale
operational modes, VSATs, broadcast satellite television and radio, satellite navigation and the global
positioning systems (GPS).

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Principles and concepts of Radar Equation, Radar Operation, Radar range, Minimum Detectable Signal and
1 Probability Density Functions. 1
Principles and concepts of some radar types, Receiver Noise and SNR, Transmitter Power, PRF and Range
2 2, 3
Ambiguities.
3 Doppler Effect, Range and Doppler Measurement. 2, 3
4 MTI Radar, Delay line Cancellers, Blind Speeds, Moving target Detector. 2, 3, 4
5 Tracking with Radar and Radar Displays.
Introduction: Origin of Satellite Communication, Historical Back ground, Introduction to Polar,
geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites, Kepler’s laws, Locating the satellite with respect to the
6 earth, sub-satellite point, look angles, mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite, Orbital 2, 3
perturbations, Orbit determination, Orbital effects in communication systems performance. Bangladeshi
scenario in communication satellites.
Satellite Subsystems and Satellite Transponder: Attitude and orbit control system, telemetry, tracking,
Command and monitoring, Power systems, Communication subsystems, Satellite antenna, Equipment
7 3
reliability and Space qualification. Transponder model, Satellite signal processing, RF-RF translation, IF
demodulation.
Satellite Link Design: Basic transmission theory, system noise temperature and G/T ratio, Design of
8 downlinks, uplink design, Design of satellite links for specified C/N, System design example. 3, 4
Earth Station Subsystem: Introduction, Transmitters and Receivers, Different types of earth stations, Orbit
consideration, coverage and frequency considerations, Delay & Throughput considerations, System
9 considerations, 4
Space craft antennas, Multiple Access Techniques, comparison of FDMA, TDMA, CDMA and SDMA.
Introduction to Various Satellite Systems: VSAT, direct broadcast satellite television and radio, satellite
10 navigation and the global positioning systems. 5

CLO Missing

124
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Demonstrate the theoretical knowledge of Radar Operation and
CLO1 characteristics of Radar Equation, Radar range, Minimum Detectable Signal 1, 2, 3
and Probability Density Functions;
Demonstrate the theoretical knowledge of Radar types, Doppler Effect, MTI
Course CLO2 1, 2, 3
Radar and Satellite link;
Learning
Outcomes Measure Receiver Noise and SNR, Transmitter Power, PRF and Range
(CLOs) CLO3 Ambiguities, Doppler Range, Delay line Cancellers, uplink & downlink 1, 2, 3, 5
frequency and calculation of beam width of certain antennas;
Analyze the impacts of Blind Speeds, Moving target, Radiation pattern of
CLO4 certain antennas, Satellite Data and PN sequence generation and TDMA frame 2, 3, 5, 8, 9
structure;
CLO5 Interpret the response of Tracking with radar and GPS data using GPS receiver. 2, 3, 5, 7, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Quiz
CLO2 Field trips to different telephone exchanges.
Lab test
CLO3 Laboratory experiments and/or computer
Report Writing
CLO4 simulation.
Viva voce
CLO5

Learning Materials
Merril. I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”, 2/e, MGH, 1981.
G S N Raju, ”Radar Engineering and Fundamentals of Navigational Aids”, IK international Publishers,
Recommended 2008.
Readings Dennis Roddy, “Satellite Communications”, MGraw Hill, Millan, 4th edition, 2013.
Enrico Del Re and Marina Ruggieri, “Satellite Communications and Navigation Systems (Signals and
Communication Technology”, Springer, 2008th Edition.

125
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4111 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Antennas and Wave Propagation
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide the basic knowledge on design and analysis of antennas and wave
Rationale
propagation.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Antenna Fundamentals: Introduction, functions of antenna, radiation mechanism- basic, single wire,
2-wire, radiation conditions, antenna equivalent circuit, antenna parameters-radiation pattern, radiation
pattern lobe, radiation density, radiation intensity, gain, directivity, antenna efficiency, polarization, antenna
effective area, antenna apertures-scattering, loss, collecting and physical apertures, antenna effective
1 length, Reciprocity theorem, Friis transmission formula, antenna self-impedance, mutual impedance, 1, 2
radiation resistance, effect of earth on radiation pattern, front-to-back ratio, bandwidth, beamwidth, FNBW,
HPBW, field regions, retarded vector potentials, radiation from a current element, small electric dipole and
half-wave dipole.
Antenna Arrays: Linear array, uniform array, array of 2-point sources- different conditions, N-element
2 uniform linear arrays, Broadside and Endfire arrays-different conditions, array factor, pattern 1, 2, 3
multiplication.
Section B CLOs
Travelling-Wave and Broad-band Antennas: Folded dipoles, V, Rhombic, Yagi-Uda, and Log-periodic
3 1, 2, 3
Antennas.
Aperture, Reflector and Lens Antennas: Huygens's Principle, Rectangular and Circular Apertures,
4 Microstrip Antennas, Lens Antennas. Babinet's Principle, Horn antenna, Parabolic and Cassegrain Reflector 1, 2, 3
Antennas, Loop antennas, Slot antennas, GSM antennas, smart antennas.
Antenna Measurements: Impedance, radiation pattern, beamwidth, gain, phase, current, radiation
5 2, 3
resistance, efficiency, directivity and polarization measurements.
Wave Propagation: Ground Wave Propagation - Plane Earth Reflections, Space and Surface Waves, Wave
Tilt, Curved Earth Reflections, Space Wave Propagation - Field Strength Variation, Effect of Earth's
6 Curvature, Absorption, M-Curves and Duct Propagation, Tropospheric Propagation, Sky Wave Propagation - 1, 4
Structure of Ionosphere, Refraction and Reflection of Sky Waves by Ionosphere, Ray Path, Critical
Frequency, Multi-hop Propagation.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand the important elements of antenna and propagation theory and
CLO1 apply their knowledge on fundamental antenna parameters 1, 4, 10
Discover different configuration of antennas and their properties and apply the
Course CLO2 knowledge on analyzing their radiation mechanisms 1, 4, 6, 8
Learning Develop analytical skills for understanding practical antennas and their
Outcomes parameter measurements and analyze different types of antennas designed
(CLOs) CLO3 for various frequency ranges and apply their knowledge to design practical 1, 3, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11
antennas and determine radiation pattern of the antenna through
measurement setups
Explain the wave propagation over ground, through troposphere, and
CLO4 2, 5, 6, 8
ionosphere and compare between different types of wave propagation.

126
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation
CLO1 Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation Question and answering, Quiz and Class Test
CLO2
Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Assignment and Final Exam
Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation
CLO3 Viva voce and Final Exam
Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation
CLO4
Problem-based Learning and Presentation

Learning Materials
K. D. Prosad, Antenna and Wave Propagation, RP/e, Satya Prakashan, Tech India Publications, New
Recommended Delhi, 2010.
Readings J. D. Kraus, R. J. Marhefka, and A.H. Khan, Antennas and Wave Propagation, 4/e, TMH, New Delhi, 2010.
C. A. Balanis, Antenna Theory- Analysis and Design, 4/e, John Wiley and Sons, 2016.
Supplementary G. S. N. Raju, Antennas and Wave Propagation, 3/e, Pearson Education, New Delhi, India, 2009.
Readings

127
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4112 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Antennas and Wave Propagation Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop skills in antenna design, analyze and implementation to understand the
Rationale
theories.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Antenna radiation mechanism- basic, single wire, 2-wire, radiation conditions, antenna
parameters-radiation pattern, radiation pattern lobe, radiation density, radiation intensity, gain, directivity,
1 antenna efficiency, polarization, antenna effective area, antenna apertures-scattering, loss, collecting and 1, 4
physical apertures, antenna effective length, radiation resistance, effect of earth on radiation pattern,
front-to-back ratio, bandwidth, beamwidth, FNBW, HPBW, field regions, Friis transmission formula.
Linear array, uniform array, array of 2-point sources- different conditions, N-element uniform linear arrays,
2 2, 3
Broadside and Endfire arrays-different conditions, array factor, pattern multiplication.
Previous lab practice class
3 Folded dipoles, V, Rhombic, Yagi-Uda, and Log-periodic antennas. 1, 4, 5
4 Microstrip, Lens, Horn, Parabolic and Cassegrain Reflector, Loop, Slot, GSM, and smart antennas. 1, 4, 5
5 Previous lab practice class
6 Ground Wave Propagation, Space Wave Propagation, and Sky Wave Propagation 1, 2

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand the principle of antenna and wave propagation and apply their
CLO1 knowledge on determining the transmission loss and received power between 1, 4, 6, 7
two antennas
Discover the radiation mechanism of antenna array in any particular direction
Course CLO2 and apply their knowledge on analyzing the radiation pattern for an array of 1, 4, 6, 8
Learning two-point sources
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 Determine and analyze the radiation pattern for N-element antenna array 1, 3, 6
Organize the set-up for practical antennas using MATS 1000A and observe and
CLO4 2, 4, 7, 9, 11, 12
analyze the radiation mechanism in E and H-plane
Design a practical antenna for any given specification and analysis the
CLO5 radiation pattern using a professional antenna designing software (e.g., HFSS, 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11
CST, Ansoft)

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Laboratory experiments and computer simulation
CLO2 Laboratory experiments and computer simulation Quiz
CLO3 Laboratory experiments and computer simulation Lab test
CLO4 Laboratory experiments and computer simulation Viva voce
CLO5 Laboratory experiments and computer simulation

128
Learning Materials
K. D. Prosad, Antenna and Wave Propagation, RP/e, Satya Prakashan, Tech India Publications, New
Delhi, 2010.
Recommended J. D. Kraus, R. J. Marhefka, and A.H. Khan, Antennas and Wave Propagation, 4/e, TMH, New Delhi, 2010.
Readings C. A. Balanis, Antenna Theory- Analysis and Design, 4/e, John Wiley and Sons, 2016.
Antenna Design Manual (MATS 1000A) and Tutorials.
Supplementary G. S. N. Raju, Antennas and Wave Propagation, 3/e, Pearson Education, New Delhi, India, 2009.
Readings

129
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4113 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Television and Multimedia Engineering
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This is the fundamental and essential course for the students to provide the knowledge about basics of
Rationale
television signals, receivers, transmitters, various cameras, display units and video communication.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Fundamentals of Television: Introduction to television systems, Analysis and synthesis of TV picture and it’s
bandwidth, Composite video signal for monochrome TV video signal standards, sound and video
1 1
modulation, VSB transmission and reception, FCC and CCIR-B standards and comparison, composite color
signals.
Essentials of Colour TV: Compatibility and reverse compatibility, Colour perception, Three colour theory,
Luminance, Hue and saturation, Colour vector diagram, Colour television cameras-Values of luminance
2 and colour difference signals I, Q, Y signals and bandwidths, Bandwidth, Modulation of colour difference 1, 2
signals, chrominance signal formation.
Chromo signal amplifier, U and V signals separation, colour burst separation, Burst phase discriminator,
3 ACC amplifier, Reference oscillator, Ident and colour killer circuits, U and V demodulators, Colour signal 2, 3
matrixing, Sound in TV. CCTV, CATV.
Section B CLOs
TV Transmitter and Receiver: TV transmitter, Interference, Monochrome TV receiver and its different units,
4 NTSC, PAL and SECAM colour TV systems, PAL-D colour system, PAL coder and decoder, carrier detection, 2, 3
Vision IF subsystem, DC re-insertion, Sync operation. LVDS, TV antennas.
Video Communication Systems: Video compression, MPEG2, HDTV receiver and standards. Video streaming
and its architecture, Application-layer QoS control, Continuous media distribution services, Streaming
5 server, Media synchronization mechanisms, Protocols for streaming, Transport Protocols 4
(RTP/RTCP/RTSP), Error resilient encoding, Error concealment, Encoder-Decoder-Network Interactive
error control.
Capturing Devices and Display Techniques: CCD, CMOS image sensor, Image Orthicon, Vidicon, Plumbicon,
Silicon diode array, Solid-state image scanners. CRT, Colour television display tubes, Delta-gun,
6 Precision-in-line and Trinitron colour picture tubes, Purity and convergence- Purity and static and Dynamic 5
convergence adjustments, Pincushion-correction techniques-automatic degaussing circuit, LED display,
AMOLED, LCD, Plasma display panel.

130
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Develop knowledge on the fundamentals of Television, of picture and sound
CLO1 transmission and reception and synchronization, and different types of 1, 2, 7
scanning techniques.
Identify the elements of monochrome TV transmitter and receiver, camera
Course CLO2 tubes and colour TV display tubes, colour TV systems and advanced colour TV 3, 4, 8
Learning systems.
Outcomes
(CLOs) Analyze the structure of different TV camera, CCTV and CATV and assess the
CLO3 5, 8
functions of LVDS and TV antennas.
Analyze video compression and the formation of composite video signal,
CLO4 vertical and horizontal synchronous pulse. 8

Examine the functionalities of HDTV, LED display units, video communication


CLO5 and its protocols, and video encoding techniques. 2, 7

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
Gulati, Monochrome and Color Television, 26/e, New Age International (p) Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.
Recommended Grob, Basic TV and Video System, Latest Edition, McGraw Hill Book Company Ltd., New York.
Readings R.R. Gulati-Modern Television Practice - Principles, Technology and Service - New Age International
Publication, 2009.

Year Missing

131
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4114 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Television and Multimedia Engineering Sessional / Field Trip
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop skills in television, transmitter, receiver, sync pulses and various display
Rationale
units to understand the theories, apply the knowledge in future courses and industry.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Analysis and synthesis of TV picture and it’s bandwidth, 1
2 Composite video signal for monochrome TV video signal standards, sound and video modulation 1
3 VSB reception, FCC and CCIR-B standards and comparison, composite color signals. 2
Colour perception, Three colour theory, Luminance, Hue and saturation, Colour vector diagram, Colour
4 2
television cameras-Values of luminance and colour difference signals I, Q, Y signals.
5 Bandwidth, Modulation of colour difference signals, chrominance signal formation. 2
6 Colour burst separation, Burst phase discriminator, ACC amplifier 2
7 Ident and colour killer circuits, U and V demodulators, Colour signal matrixing, Sound in TV. 2
8 Previous lab practice class.
9 CCTV, CATV. 2, 3
10 Monochrome TV receiver and its different units, NTSC, PAL and SECAM colour TV systems. 2, 4
11 Vision IF subsystem, Sync operation. TV antennas. 2, 4
12 Previous lab practice class.
13 Video compression, MPEG2, HDTV receiver and standards. Video streaming and its architecture. 5

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Design and analyze the sync pulses for a display unit 1, 2, 7
Course Design a tv receiver and study its performance
CLO2 3, 4, 8
Learning
Outcomes CLO3 Construct a CCTV network to ensure Security camera surveillance. 5, 8
(CLOs) CLO4 Design and analyze protocols and find its performance. 8
Compress different types of text and images using different compression
CLO5 2, 7
techniques.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
Gulati, Monochrome and Color Television, 26/e, New Age International (p) Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.
Recommended Grob, Basic TV and Video System, Latest Edition, McGraw Hill Book Company Ltd., New York.
Readings R.R. Gulati-Modern Television Practice - Principles, Technology and Service - New Age International
Publication, 2009.

132
Year Missing
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4115 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Power System Protection
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This is the fundamental and essential course for the students to provide the knowledge about the basics of
Rationale
power system protection so that they can apply the knowledge in industry and research.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Circuit Breakers: Elementary principles of arc interruption, restriking and recovery voltages, restriking
phenomenon, average, maximum and rate of rise of restriking voltage, current chopping and resistance
1 switching, circuit breaker ratings and specifications, auto reclosures, description and operation of various 1, 2
types of circuit breakers, minimum oil circuit breakers, air blast circuit breakers, vacuum and SF6 circuit
breakers, numerical problems.
Electromagnetic relays: Principle of operation and construction of attracted armature, balanced beam,
induction disc and induction cup relays; Relays classification: instantaneous, definite minimum time and
inverse definite minimum time relays over current / under voltage relays, direction relays, differential
relays and percentage differential relays, universal torque equation; Distance relays: Impedance,
2 reactance, mho and offset mho relays, characteristics of distance relays; Static relays: Overview of static 3
relay, block diagram, operating principle and comparison, static relays versus electromagnetic relays;
Numerical relays: Introduction, block diagram of numerical relay, sampling theorem, anti aliasing filter,
block diagram of phasor measurement unit and intelligent electronic device, data acquisition systems and
numerical relaying algorithms, applications and numerical problems.
Generator protection: Protection of generators against stator faults, rotor faults, and abnormal conditions,
restricted earth fault and inter turn fault protection, numerical problems on percentage winding
3 4
unprotected; Transformer protection: Percentage differential protections, numerical problem on design of
current transformers ratio, buchholz protection.
Section B CLOs
Indoor and outdoor substations: Substations layout, bus bar arrangements like single, sectionalized, main
Page | 7 and transfer bus bar system with relevant diagrams; Gas insulated substation (GIS): Types, single
line diagram, constructional aspects of GIS, Installation, maintenance, advantages, comparison of GIS with
air insulated substations. Protection of lines: Over current, carrier current and three zone distance relay
4 protection using impedance relays, translay relay; Protection of bus bars: Differential protection, grounded 5, 6
and ungrounded neutral systems, effect of ungrounded neutral on system performance, methods of
neutral grounding, solid, resistance, reactance arcing grounds and grounding practices, application of
numerical relays.
Over voltages in power systems: Generation of over voltages in power systems, protection against lightning
5 over voltages, valve type and zinc oxide lighting arresters, insulation coordination, basic insulation level, 7
impulse ratio, standard impulse test wave, volt time characteristics.

133
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand various types of faults in power systems, and, the working of
CLO1 1, 3
various protective systems.
CLO2 Discuss the construction and working of fuse and circuit breakers. 2, 3
Course
Learning CLO3 Explain the working of different types of protective relays. 2, 3
Outcomes CLO4 Understand the faults and protection for the Generators and Transformers. 1, 2
(CLOs) Understand the layout of Substations, neutral earthling, and testing of CB, CT,
CLO5 1, 2
and PT.
CLO6 Remember the faults and protection for the Feeders and Bus-Bars. 2, 3
CLO7 Understand the protection of power systems against over voltages. 1, 2

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
Question and Answering
CLO3
Lecture, Group Discussion, and Presentation Quiz and Class Test
CLO4
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO5
Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO6
CLO7

Learning Materials
Recommended Readings Sunil S Rao, Switchgear and Protection, Khanna Publishers, 1st Edition, 2013.
Badari Ram, D N Viswakarma, Power System Protection and Switchgear, TMH Publications, 1st Edition,
2001.
Recommended A R van C Warrington, Protective Relays: Their Theory and Practice, Springer Science and Business
Readings Media, Volume 2, 2nd Edition, 1977.
B L Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar, Chakrabarthy, Power System Engineering, Dhanpat Rai and Co, 3rd Edition,
2007.
T S Madhava Rao, Power system protection: static relays, McGraw-Hill Companies, 2nd Edition, 1989.
Supplementary Paithankar, S R Bhide, Fundamentals of Power System Protection, PHI, 1st Edition, 2003.
Readings C LWadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, New Age international (P) Limited, 6th Edition, 2010.
VK Mehta, Principles of power systems, S Chand Publications, 4th Edition, 2009.

134
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4116 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Power System Protection Sessional/ Field Trip
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop skills in power system protection to understand the theories, and, also
Rationale
to apply the knowledge in future courses and industry.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Examining different types of circuit breakers. 1
2 Study on relays of various types, such as electromagnetic, static, and numerical relays. 2
3 Evaluating the performance of protection schemes of generator and transformer. 3
4 Analyzing the performance of feeder and bus-bar protection. 4
5 Investigating the protection schemes against over voltages. 5

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Discuss the construction and working of fuse and circuit breakers. 2, 3
Course Explain the working of different types of protective relays.
CLO2 2, 3
Learning
Outcomes CLO3 Understand the faults and protection for the Generators and Transformers. 1, 2, 8
(CLOs) CLO4 Remember the faults and protection for the Feeders and Bus-Bars. 2, 3
CLO5 Understand the protection of power systems against overvoltages. 1, 2

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture, Group Discussion and
Lab Report
CLO2 Presentation
Quiz, Lab Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and
Project as Assignment
CLO4 Presentation
Viva voce
CLO5 Field Trip, Laboratory experiments, and computer simulation

Learning Materials
Sunil S Rao, Switchgear and Protection, Khanna Publishers, 1st Edition, 2013.
Badari Ram, D N Viswakarma, Power System Protection and Switchgear, TMH Publications, 1st Edition,
2001.
Recommended A R van C Warrington, Protective Relays: Their Theory and Practice, Springer Science and Business
Readings Media, Volume 2, 2nd Edition, 1977.
B L Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar, Chakrabarthy, Power System Engineering, Dhanpat Rai and Co, 3rd Edition,
2007.
T S Madhava Rao, Power system protection: static relays, McGraw-Hill Companies, 2nd Edition, 1989.
Paithankar, S R Bhide, Fundamentals of Power System Protection, PHI, 1st Edition, 2003.
Supplementary C LWadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, New Age international (P) Limited, 6th Edition, 2010.
Readings
VK Mehta, Principles of power systems, S Chand Publications, 4th Edition, 2009.

135
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4117 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Internet of Things
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course helps the students in gaining the knowledge about the sensor devices, mathematical and
Rationale
engineering problems. This course helps to undertake future courses that assume this course as a
background in networks and security.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Definition and characteristics of IoT, physical design of IoT, logical design of IoT, IoT Enabling technologies,
1 IoT levels and deployment, domain specific IoTs. 1
Introduction, M2M, difference between IoT and M2M, software defined networking (SDN) and network
2 2, 3
function virtualization (NFV) for IoT, basics of IoT system management with NETCONF-YANG.
IoT Architecture: State of the art introduction, state of the art; Architecture reference model: Introduction,
reference model and architecture, IoT reference model.
3 4, 5
Logical design using Python: Installing Python, Python data types and data structures, control flow,
functions, modules, packages, file handling.
Section B CLOs
Introduction to Raspberry Pi interfaces (Serial, SPI, I2C), programming Raspberry PI with Python, other IoT
4 6
devices.
Introduction to cloud storage models and communication APIs; WAMP: AutoBahn for IoT, Xively cloud for 7
5
IoT; Case studies illustrating IoT design: Home automation, smart cities, smart environment.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand and intuition of the whole process line of extracting knowledge
CLO1 from data about the Internet of Things. 1, 2
Deep insight in one of the specializations within the network, depending on the
CLO2 1
study and the choice of the concepts of IoT.
Course Solid knowledge in a broad range of methods based on design and
Learning CLO3 implementation of IoT in network performance, analysis and problem solving 3
Outcomes with design of networks.
(CLOs)
CLO4 Design and implementation/ modification of methods involved in IoT. 2
CLO5 Apply basic IoT algorithms for predictive network performance. 2
CLO6 Create effective results by using various techniques in IoT application. 1
Analyze the importance of IoT applications and work effectively as individual or
CLO7 1, 2
teams on various IoT projects.

136
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Question and Answering
CLO3 Lecture, Group Discussion, and Presentation Quiz and Class Test
CLO4 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO5 Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO6
CLO7

Learning Materials
Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, Internet of Things: A Hands-on-Approach, VPT, 1st Edition, 2014.
Recommended
Matt Richardson, Shawn Wallac, Getting Started with Raspberry Pi, O Reilly (SPD), 3rd Edition, 2014.
Readings
Bernd Scholz-Reiter, Florian Michahelles, Architecting the Internet of Things, Springer.
Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, Designing the Internet of things, John Wiley and sons, 1stedition,
Supplementary 2014.
Readings Francis DaCosta, Rethinking The Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything, A
press Publications, 1st Edition, 2013.

Year Missing

137
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4118 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Internet of Things Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to help the students in gaining the knowledge about the sensor devices,
Rationale
mathematical and engineering problems for practical applications.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Understanding the basics concepts of IoT 1
2 Motivations of IoT and various Applications of IoT 2
3 Describe the Things of IoT and characteristics of IoT 3
4 Analysis and Design of IoT in physical view 4
5 Logical design of IoT using Python 4
6 Describe the physical endpoints used in IoT 5
7 Real time applications of IoT with Case studies design 6

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand and intuition of the whole process line of extracting knowledge
CLO1 from data about the Internet of Things. 1, 2
Deep insight in one of the specializations within the network, depending on the
CLO2 1
Course study and the choice of the concepts of IoT.
Learning Solid knowledge in a broad range of methods based on design and
Outcomes CLO3 implementation of IoT in network performance, analysis and problem solving 3
(CLOs) with design of networks.
CLO4 Design and implementation/ modification of methods involved in IoT. 2
CLO5 Apply basic IoT algorithms for predictive network performance. 2
Analyze the importance of IoT applications and work effectively as individual or
CLO6 1, 2
teams on various IoT projects.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lab Report
CLO3 Quiz, Lab Test
Laboratory experiments and computer simulation
CLO4 Project as Assignment
CLO5 Viva voce
CLO6

138
Learning Materials
Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things: A Hands-on-Approach”, VPT, 1st Edition, 2014.
Recommended
Matt Richardson, Shawn Wallac, “Getting Started with Raspberry Pi, O Reilly (SPD)”, 3rd Edition, 2014.
Readings
Bernd Scholz-Reiter, Florian Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of Things”, Springer.
Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of things”, John Wiley and sons, 1stedition,
Supplementary 2014.
Readings Francis DaCosta, “Rethinking “The Internet of Things”:A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything”, A
press Publications, 1st Edition, 2013.

Year Missing

139
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4119 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Project Management and Entrepreneurship
Course Status Core
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course intends to promote recognition of the growing importance of project management and its
Rationale
multiple dimensions and knowledge; provide knowledge, methods and techniques of analysis, planning,
management, project evaluation; Sensitize students to entrepreneurship and innovative projects; reinforce
the entrepreneurial spirit and the ability to model the entrepreneurial process.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Project management: Introduction, definition, opportunities, project management skills, different types of
1 projects, projects and programmes. 1, 2
Project Planning: Planning a project, Identifying and delivering on your client’s priorities, managing
2 stakeholders, developing a project management plan, RACI Matrix, Preventing ‘scope creep’, assessing the 1, 2
feasibility of a project, Identifying and managing risks.
Project Implementing: Entering into a contract, managing a project, setting up a project database, Creating
3 an effective work schedule, Monitoring a project, Conducting effective meetings, Managing change, 4
Addressing problems.
Project Management Techniques: Identifying organizational structures, Estimating costs and budgeting,
4 Using critical path project management tools (WBS, Gantt chart, Project Network Diagram), Establishing
the critical path, Tracking project milestones, Using the programme evaluation and review technique (PERT
tool), Using process improvement tools, Managing time, Controlling quality.
Section B CLOs
Business and Financial Issues: Understanding the importance of a business case, developing a business
5 case, Identifying project costs, Calculating return on investment (ROI), Determining net present value 1, 2
(NPV).
The Project from Start to Finish: Identifying the life cycle of a project handing over a project, closing a
6 3
project, reviewing a project.
People in the Project: Assembling your project team, planning resources for your project team, managing
7
your project team.
Entrepreneurship Development: Creativity and Innovation, Foundations of Entrepreneurial Finance, New
8 Product Development-Technology Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Marketing, Managerial Law 3
Internship in Entrepreneurial Businesses.
Personal Selling and Consumer Behavior: Managing the Family Business, Preparing Business Plans,
9 Strategic Entrepreneurial Management, Social Entrepreneurship, Economic Development and Sustainable
Venturing, New Venture Management, Social Entrepreneurship Sustainable Venturing

CLO Missing
CLO 5 to 8 are not used in course contents

140
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Acquire knowledge of the terminology and basic concepts of project
CLO1 management and the foundations on which this area of management is based. 10
Solve problems related to project management, namely problems of timing,
CLO2 1
resource allocation and optimization.
Students will demonstrate skills of critical thinking by analyzing problems of
CLO3 planning, project management, in formulating valid conclusions based on their 2
analysis.
Course Use information and communication technologies to formulate project
Learning CLO4 feasibility analysis, for their planning and in collaborative project management 8
Outcomes situations, using specialized planning and management software.
(CLOs) Demonstrate the ability to analyze a company's balance sheet and income
CLO5 2, 10
statement.
Sensitize to entrepreneurship and will acquire skills to support entrepreneurial
CLO6 initiatives (projects), as well as project and team leadership skills and 3, 4, 12
negotiation skills.
Develop interpersonal and team / group work skills to act and solve problems
CLO7 10, 12
within the scope of project management.
Produce professional quality communication, both written and oral, related to
CLO8 9
the preparation, presentation and negotiation of projects.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
CLO3
CLO4 Quiz, Class Test, Assignment, Viva voce, and Final
Laboratory experiments and computer simulation
CLO5 Exam
CLO6
CLO7
CLO8

Learning Materials
Meredith, J. R., Shafer, S. M., & Mantel, S. J., Project management: A strategic managerial approach, 10th
Edition, Wiley, 2018, Print ISBN: 978-1-119-36909-7
Blank, S. G., & Dorf, B., The Startup owner's manual. K&S Ranch, Inc., 2012, Print ISBN:
978-0-98499-930-9
Kuratko, Donald, Entrepreneurship: Theory, Process, and Practice, 10th Edition, Cengage, 2017, Print
ISBN: 978-1-30557-624-7
Recommended
Readings Leach, J. Chris, Melicher, Ronald W., Entrepreneurial Finance, 6th Edition, Cengage, 2018, Print ISBN:
978-1-30596-835-6
Osterwalder, Alexander and Pigneur, Yves, Business Model Generation, Wiley, 2014, Print ISBN:
978-0-470-87641-1
Osterwalder, Alexander and Pigneur, Yves, Value Proposition Design, Wiley, 2014, Print ISBN:
978-1-118-96805-5

141
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4130 Year: Fourth Term: First
Course Title Technical Writing and Seminar
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide the fundamental knowledge of writing research articles, thesis and project
Rationale
reports, and develop presentation skills.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Study the grammatical rules required for effective writing of research articles, thesis, and project reports. 1
2 Study the writing strategies of various sections of research articles, thesis, and project reports. 2
3 Prepare appropriate visual aids for research articles, thesis, and project reports. 3
Presentation on various state-of-the-art technologies regarding electrical, electronics, communication,
4 and IT sectors. 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Describing the grammatical rules required for effective writing of research
CLO1 articles, thesis, and project reports. 1, 2
Course
Learning Applying appropriate strategies during writing research articles, thesis, and
CLO2 7, 9
Outcomes project reports.
(CLOs) CLO3 Preparing proper visual aids for research articles, thesis, and project reports. 8
Presenting various state-of-the-art technologies to improve presentation
CLO4 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11
skills.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture and Group Discussion Quiz, Assignment, and Viva
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion, and Problem-based Learning Quiz, Assignment, and Viva
CLO3 Lecture, Group Discussion, and Problem-based Learning Assignment and Viva
CLO4 Problem-based Learning and Group Discussion Presentation, Viva, Report

Learning Materials
M.K. McCaskill, Grammar, Punctuation, and Capitalization: A Handbook for Technical Writers and
Recommended
Editors, NASA, 1998.
Readings
Lecture Notes.
Supplementary
Online Resources.
Readings

142
Fourth Year Term Second
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4200 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Project
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) 0714 09 ECE 4119 Project Management and Entrepreneurship
Rationale This course is designed to introduce with the scientific research and produce a substantial piece of work.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


In 0714 09 ECE 4200 Project, students will write a project proposal and present their proposal to project
committee or supervisor. Students will gain experience in conducting an extensive literature review,
developing a rationale for his/her project, creating an outline for the paper, and writing and defending their
proposal. Students will also gain a deeper understanding of how research is conducted and/or how artistic 1, 2, 3,
1 projects are created in the fields of electronics and communication engineering. This course will 4, 5, 6
incorporate numerous aspects of materials that have been learned in previous classes. Under this course,
students will meet with their supervisor regularly during the term.
N. B.: Students must register the 0714 09 ECE 4119 Project Management and Entrepreneurship course in
Fourth Year First term before registering 0714 09 ECE 4200 Project course.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Summarize and synthesize multiple sources relevant to thesis topic. 1, 2
CLO2 Cite literature sources in the style required by department or adviser. 2, 3
Course
CLO3 Develop a persuasive argument as to why students’ project is important. 5
Learning
Outcomes Write a proposal and revise it based on feedback from project evaluation
CLO4 committee. 7
(CLOs)
Deliver a successful PowerPoint presentation to the project evaluation
CLO5 8
committee.
CLO6 Follow the suggested corrections before final submission of the project report. 11, 12

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
Lecture and active learning Quiz, Class Test
CLO3
Lecture and group discussion Assignment and Final Defense
CLO4
Lecture and demonstration Viva voce and Final Defense
CLO5
CLO6

Learning Materials
No specific text book is required for this course.
Recommended
Internet Access is required
Readings
Different tools and software are required.

143
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4201 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Mobile Communications
Course Status Core
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide the fundamental knowledge and latest trend in mobile communications
Rationale
and their applications. It will also provide basic concept on functioning of wireless communication system
and evolution of different wireless communication systems and standards.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction: A brief history of the development of mobile communication systems. First generation
systems and their characteristics. Systems of second-generation and second - generation plus and their
1 1, 2
characteristics. Third -generation systems and their characteristics, the fourth-generation systems and
their characteristics.
Overview of wireless telephony: GSM standard. The basic architecture of a GSM network. Interfaces in a
2 GSM network. Air interface in GSM, logical and physical channels. Radio Network GSM system functions, 1, 2
BSC, BTS and MS.
3 Location management: HLR-VLR, hierarchical, handoffs, channel allocation in cellular systems. 1, 2
Section B CLOs
Wireless multiple access techniques: TDMA, FDMA, CDMA, SDMA, Duplexing: FDD and TDD, Capacity
4 calculation of a cellular system, TCP over wireless, Wireless applications, data broadcasting, Wireless LAN 1, 2
Overview: Concept of PHY and MAC issues in IEEE 802.11.
Network architecture of GPRS and EDGE, functions of the SGSN node, GGSN node, UMTS as well as GSM
5 network upgrade. UTRAN radio network, RNC controller, Air interface in the UMTS system, physical and 2
logical channels of UMTS systems.
Fifth generation of cellular mobile communication, Mobile IP network structure and its goals, IP packet
6 2, 3
delivery systems, Traditional TCP and its latest trend.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course Describe the basic principles of mobile communication system and related
Learning CLO1 1, 2, 3, 5
wireless communication networks and their applications.
Outcomes
CLO2 Explain the development and implementation of mobile communication systems. 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 11
(CLOs)
CLO3 Explain the mobile IP infrastructure and its application 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 11

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Quiz and Class Test
Lecture, Group Teaching and Discussion
CLO2 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Viva voce and Final Exam

Learning Materials
Recommended Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University Press, First Edition, 2005
Readings Theodore S. Rappaport, Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, 2002
W. C. Y. Lee, Mobile Communication, 1/e, McGraw-Hill, 1982

144
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4202 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Mobile Communications Sessional / Field Trip
Course Status Core
Credit Non-Credit
Prerequisite(s) 0714 09 ECE 4119 Project Management and Entrepreneurship
The sessional course/field trip provides practical knowledge on mobile network and wireless data network
Rationale
architecture, its operation, and maintenance.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Filed trip will cover the basic of cell planning, transmission planning, network coverage and quality
1 monitoring approaches. Additionally, students will understand the function of different network elements 1, 2, 3
(e.g., BTS, BSC, MSC, AUC, HLR-VLR, etc)
Field trip will cover the basic of wireless data network design. Via the field trip, the students will be able to
2 understand the mobile IP goals, IP packet delivery, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), Wireless 4
LAN, Wireless multiple access protocols, TCP over wireless, etc.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Understand the network architecture of mobile communication system; 1, 2
Learning CLO2 Explain the function of different network elements; 2
Outcomes Design radio and transmission network;
CLO3 3
(CLOs)
Explain the architecture, functioning, protocols, capabilities and application of
CLO4 2
various wireless communication networks;

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Quiz
Field trip
CLO3 Oral exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Recommended Theodore S. Rappaport, Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, 2002
Readings W. C. Y. Lee, Mobile Communication, 1/e, McGraw-Hill, 1982

145
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4203 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Power Electronics
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide the fundamental and advanced knowledge of power electronics and their
Rationale
applications in the industry.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Power Semiconductor Diodes and Transistors: Structure and operation principle of power and Schottky
1 diodes; structure and operation principle of power transistors: BJTs, MOSFETs, IGBTs. 1, 3
Modern Semiconductor Power Electronic Devices: Characteristics, construction and applications of SCR,
TRIAC, DIAC, UJT, PUT, Shockley diode, silicon unilateral switch, silicon bilateral switch; SCR turn-on and
2 1, 2, 3, 4
turn-off methods, SCR and TRIAC commutation, triggering and phase control circuits, relaxation
oscillators.
Braking and Speed Control of DC Motors: Dynamic braking of series- and shunt-wound motors; motor
plugging circuits; field weakening speed control of shunt motor, tandem armature speed control, armature
3 voltage control of speed, solid-state motor speed controller circuits; motor speed control using SCR and 2, 4
TRIAC; speed control of universal motors; motor speed control by thermistor.
4 Stepper Motors: Types, construction, and operation principle of stepper motors; unipolar, bipolar, and bifilar 1, 2, 3, 4
stepper motors; stepper motor driver devices; advantages and disadvantages of stepper motors.
Section B CLOs
Induction Motors: Types, construction, features, and operation principle of induction motors; torque-speed
5 characteristics of poly-phase induction motor; speed control and braking of induction motors; voltage 1, 2, 3 ,4
control of permanent split capacitor motors.
Inverter, Converter, and Chopper Circuits: Classification of inverter, converter, and chopper circuits; PWM
techniques; single-phase and three-phase full-wave and half-wave voltage source inverters; single phase
6 1, 2, 3
and three phase current source inverters; single-phase and three-phase half-wave and full-wave
converters; cycloconverters; Buck, Boost, and Buck-Boost chopper circuits; Jones chopper circuit.
Magnetic Devices: Retentivity; saturable reactors: non-polarized, polarized; magnetic amplifiers:
7 non-polarized, polarized, with and without feedback windings; with and without feedback and bias 1
windings; application of magnetic amplifier servo motor.
Electric Welding: Basic circuit arrangement and operation of ac electric resistance welding; types of
8 electric resistance welding and their application areas: spot welding, butt welding, seam welding, 1
projection welding, flash welding.
High Frequency Heating: Operation principle, merits, and applications of induction heating; operation
9 principle and applications of dielectric heating. 1, 3

146
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explaining the structure and working principle of diodes, transistors, thyristors,
CLO1 triggering devices, motors, electric resistance welding, magnetic amplifiers, 1
inverters, converters, choppers, and high frequency heating devices.
Course
Applying modern power electronics devices in triggering, phase control,
Learning
CLO2 inverters, converters and choppers, braking and speed control of motors, and 1, 2, 6
Outcomes
industrial sectors.
(CLOs)
Solving critical problems regarding various power electronic devices, motors,
CLO3 1, 2
inverters, converters, choppers, and high frequency heating devices.
Designing relaxation oscillators, phase control circuits, and braking and speed
CLO4 control circuits for motors. 3, 6, 7

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture and Group Discussion Class Test and Final Exam
CLO2 Lecture and Group Discussion Presentation and Final Exam
CLO3 Lecture and Problem-based Learning Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Problem-based Learning Class Test and Final Exam

Learning Materials
C.A. Schular and W.L. McNamee, Industrial Electronics and Robotics, 1/e, McGraw-Hill, 1986.
Recommended
G.K. Mithal and D.M. Gupta, Industrial and Power Electronics, 19/e, Khanna Publishers, 2003.
Readings
N. Mohan and T.M. Undeland, Power Electronics: Converters, Applications, and Design, 3/e, Wiley, 2002.
Supplementary P.C. Sen, Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics, 3/e, Wiley, 2013.
Readings Online Resources.

147
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4204 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Power Electronics Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) 0714 09 ECE 4203 Power Electronics
The course intends to provide the fundamental and advanced knowledge of modern power electronics
Rationale
devices and apply them in the industry.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Study the characteristics and operation principle of SCR, DIAC, and TRIAC. 1
2 AC power control using SCR and TRIAC. 2, 3
3 Design and performance analysis of UJT relaxation oscillator. 3
4 Project on the applications of stepper motors. 4
5 Study the working principle of single-phase inverters in rectangular mode and PWM mode. 1
6 Speed control of DC motors using Buck, Boost, and Buck-Boost choppers. 2
7 Speed control of single-phase induction motors using SCRs. 2
8 Speed control of three-phase induction motors using SCRs. 2

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explaining the working principle of modern power electronic devices (SCR,
Course CLO1 1, 2
DIAC, TRIAC etc.), inverters, converters, and choppers.
Learning
Applying modern power electronics devices in triggering, phase control,
Outcomes CLO2 1, 2
inverters, choppers, and braking and speed control of motors.
(CLOs)
CLO3 Designing AC power control circuits and relaxation oscillators. 7, 8, 9
CLO4 Develop projects for industrial applications. 3, 5, 6, 10

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture and Laboratory Experiment Quiz, Viva, and Lab Report
CLO2 Lecture and Laboratory Experiment Quiz, Viva, and Lab Report
Lecture, Problem-based Learning, and Laboratory
CLO3 Assignment, Quiz, Viva, and Lab Report
Experiment
CLO4 Problem-based Learning and Group Discussion Project, Presentation, Viva, and Lab Report

Learning Materials
C.A. Schular and W.L. McNamee, Industrial Electronics and Robotics, 1/e, McGraw-Hill, 1986.
Recommended
G.K. Mithal and D.M. Gupta, Industrial and Power Electronics, 19/e, Khanna Publishers, 2003.
Readings
N. Mohan and T.M. Undeland, Power Electronics: Converters, Applications, and Design, 3/e, Wiley, 2002.
Supplementary
P.C. Sen, Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics, 3/e, Wiley, 2013.
Readings

148
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4205 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title System on Chip Design
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
To integrate complete multi-processor systems on a single die, Systems-on-Chip (SoCs) are at the core of
most embedded computing and consumer devices. This course will provide an understanding of the
Rationale concepts, issues, and process of designing highly integrated SoCs and its chip design procedures. Also
under this course student will familiar with the systematic hardware/software co-design and
co-verification principles.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
System Design Flow: Programmable and Non-programmable System design Approach, Types of ASICs
1 design flow, ASIC cell libraries, Transistors as resistors, parasitic capacitance 1
Introduction to HDL for ASIC design: language elements, different types of modeling, Dataflow, Task and
2 functions, Describing Combinational and Sequential Logic using HDL, Synchronous and asynchronous FSM 1, 2
and state diagrams using HDL, Design Examples.
ASIC Physical Design: RTL Synthesis, Basics of Synthesis, High Level Synthesis Flow, Reading of Verilog RTL
3 File, Floorplaning and Placement, Static Timing Analysis, Timing Parameters, Clock Tree Synthesis, Routing, 1, 2
Global routing, Detailed routing, Special routing, Circuit extraction, Design rule check (DRC).
Section B CLOs
Introduction to System on Chip (SoC): SoC Design Approach, System Architecture, Components of the
system, Hardware and Software, Processor Architectures, Memory and Addressing. System level
4 interconnection, An approach for SOC Design, System Architecture and Complexity. 3
Basics of Chips and SoC ICs: Cycle Time, Die Area-and-Cost, Power,
Area-time-Power Tradeoffs and Chip Reliability.
Processors: Introduction , Processor Selection for SOC, Basic concepts in Processor Architecture, Basic
concepts in Processor Micro Architecture, Basic elements in Instruction handling. Buffers: minimizing
5 3
Pipeline Delays, Branches, More Robust Processors, Vector Processors and Vector Instructions extensions,
VLIW Processors, Superscalar Processors.
Introduction to SystemC for SoC Design: ESL and TLM, Overview of SystemC, Data Types, Modules,
6 5
Co-Specification, System Partitioning, Co-simulation, Co-synthesis and Co-verification
System-on-Chip and SoPC (System on Programmable Chips):Basic Nios II software development, Nios II
7 4
Processor Overview, Nios II System Derivation and Low-Level Access, Predesigned Nios II I/O Peripherals.

149
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Demonstrate the circuit design aspects at the next transistor and block level
CLO1 1, 2
abstractions of FPGA and ASIC design;
Interpret SystemC and hardware description language (HDL) for SoC and ASIC
CLO2 design; 5
Course
Learning Explain chip partitioning, floor planning, placement and routing including
CLO3 5, 6
Outcomes circuit extraction of ASIC;
(CLOs) Analyze hardware/software tradeoffs, algorithms, and architectures to
CLO4 optimize the system based on requirements and implementation constraints in 7, 8
SoC design;
Evaluate tradeoffs and explore architecture and mico-architecture design
CLO5 spaces to develop and synthesize custom hardware accelerators (System on 1, 2
Programmable Chips);

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 • Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation • Question and Answering, Quiz and Class Test
CLO3
• Problem-based Learning and Presentation • Viva voce, Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4
CLO5

Learning Materials
[Link], Application – Specific Integrated Circuits, Pearson, 2003.
Douglas J. Smith, HDL Chip Design, Madison, AL, USA: Doone Publications, 1996.
Recommended
Nekoogar. Timing Verification of Application-Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs).Prentice Hall PTR, 1999.
Readings
D. C. Black, J. Donovan, B. Bunton, A. Keist, SystemC: From the Ground Up, Second Edition, Springer, 2010
J. Cavanagh, Verilog HDL Digital Design and Modeling, 23/Rev. Edn., CRC Press, 2007.
G. De Micheli, Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Circuits, McGraw-Hill, 1994.
Supplementary H. B. Kommuru and H. Mahmoodi, ASIC Design Flow Tutorial Using Synopsys Tools, San Francisco State
Readings University.

Year Missing

150
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4206 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title System on Chip Design Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) 0714 09 ECE 4205 System on Chip Design
This course is designed to develop hands-on skills in System on Chip and ASIC design, System on
Programmable Chip (SoPC), hardware/software co-design and co-verification principles, verilog HDL,
Rationale SystemC. Also this sessional course involves different project works on FPGA prototyping platform using
state-of-the-art synthesis and verification tools and design flows.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Programmable and Non-programmable System design Approach in ASIC and FPGAs. 1
2 SystemC and HDL language skills development with different design Examples; 1, 2
3 Logic simulation and synthesis of RTL designs and its verification, DRC, PandR; 3
4 Introduction to processor design approach for System on Chip design; 3
5 Application Specific Processor design Approach using different processor design templates; 4, 5
6 SystemC and HDL language skills development with different examples for SoC design 1, 2
7 System-on-Chip and SoPC (System on Programmable Chips):introduction to Nios II software development. 5

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Demonstrate the Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) design
CLO1 1, 2
approach;
Interpret hardware description language (HDL and SystemC for SoC and ASIC
CLO2 5
design;
Course
Learning Explain chip partitioning, floor planning, placement and routing using ISE or
CLO3 5, 6
Outcomes Quartus tools;
(CLOs) Analyze hardware/software tradeoffs, algorithms, and architectures to
CLO4 optimize the system based on requirements and implementation constraints in 7, 8
SoC design;
Evaluate tradeoffs and explore architecture and mico-architecture design
CLO5 spaces to develop and synthesize custom hardware accelerators (System on 1, 2
Programmable Chips);

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation Question and Answering, Quiz and Class Test
CLO3
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Viva voce, Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4
CLO5

151
Learning Materials
[Link], Application – Specific Integrated Circuits, Pearson, 2003.
Douglas J. Smith, HDL Chip Design, Madison, AL, USA: Doone Publications, 1996.
Recommended
Nekoogar. Timing Verification of Application-Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs).Prentice Hall PTR, 1999.
Readings
D. C. Black, J. Donovan, B. Bunton, A. Keist, SystemC: From the Ground Up, Second Edition, Springer, 2010
J. Cavanagh, Verilog HDL Digital Design and Modeling, 23/Rev. Edn., CRC Press, 2007.
G. De Micheli, Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Circuits, McGraw-Hill, 1994.
Supplementary H. B. Kommuru and H. Mahmoodi, ASIC Design Flow Tutorial Using Synopsys Tools, San Francisco State
Readings University.

Year Missing

152
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4207 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Industrial Automation
Course Status Optional
Credit 2.0
Prerequisite(s) None
To give students knowledge of implementing the automation, control and monitoring of industrial
Rationale
processes and fault-finding, and work in industry with automation and control systems.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
General outlook of Process Automation System, Hierarchical layers of Automation, Measurement systems,
Sensors, Static and dynamic characteristics of instruments and actuators, Principles of the measurement
1 of temperature, pressure and flow, Data Acquisition, Measurement of speed, frequency, pressure, 1, 2
temperature, flow, force, level detector and shaft encoder.
2 Introduction to Automatic Control, P-I-D Control, PID Control Tuning, Feed-forward Control, Ratio Control, 4, 5
Time Delay Systems and Inverse Response Systems, Special Control Structures
Section B CLOs
Introduction to Sequence Control, PLC, RLL, Sequence Control, RLL Syntax, Structured Design Approach to
3 3, 4, 5
Sequence Control, PLC Hardware Environment, Flow Control Valves.
Hydraulic Control Systems, Industrial Hydraulic Circuit, Pneumatic Control Systems, Pneumatic Systems,
4 Energy Savings with Variable Speed Drives, Introduction To CNC Machines, The Fieldbus Network, Higher 4, 5
Level Automation Systems.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 verify automation / control systems using good design practice; 1, 2
Course CLO2 design, and maintain automation and control systems; 3
Learning Make use of PLC control systems in the computer integration of a
Outcomes CLO3 4, 8
manufacturing process.
(CLOs) CLO4 Evaluate methods of data handling and conversion. 5, 8
Develop the skills required for automation, control and monitoring of industrial
CLO5 6
processes.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
Lecture, Group Discussion, Problem-based Learning
CLO3 Quiz, Class Test, Assignment and Final Exam
and Presentation
CLO4
CLO5

Learning Materials
Recommended J. Stenerson, Industrial Automation and Process Control, Prentice Hall, 2003, ISBN:0-13-033030-2.
Readings
Supplementary
C.D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology, 1997, Prentice Hall, ISBN:0-13-261496-0
Readings

153
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4208 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Industrial Automation Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to give students knowledge of implementing the automation, control and monitoring of
Rationale
industrial processes and fault-finding.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Simulation and analysis of PID Control, PID Control Tuning, Feed-forward Control. 1
2 Analysis of Principles of the measurement of temperature, pressure and flow, Data Acquisition. 1
Field Trip to Bangladesh Cable’s Shilpa Limited to learn the automation steps involved in cable
3 manufacturing. 1, 2

4 Analysis of the performance of Sequence Control, PLC, RLL. 3


Simulation of the performances of Hydraulic Control Systems, Industrial Hydraulic Circuit, Pneumatic 3, 4
5
Control Systems.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 verify automation / control systems using PIDcontrol; 1, 2
Course Make use of PLC control systems in the computer integration of a
CLO2 manufacturing process. 4, 8
Learning
Outcomes CLO3 Evaluate methods of data handling and conversion. 5
(CLOs) Develop the skills of Sequence Control, PLC, RLL required for automation,
CLO4 6, 8
control and monitoring of industrial processes.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture, Group Discussion
CLO2 Lab Report, Quiz, Lab Test (observing the student at
Problem-based Learning and Presentation
CLO3 work in class/fieldwork), Viva voce
Laboratory experiments
CLO4

Learning Materials
Recommended J. Stenerson, Industrial Automation and Process Control, Prentice Hall, 2003, ISBN:0-13-033030-2.
Readings
Supplementary
C.D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology, 1997, Prentice Hall, ISBN:0-13-261496-0.
Readings

154
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4221 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Optoelectronic Devices and Optical Communications
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to develop fundamental and advanced knowledge on optoelectronic devices and
Rationale optical communications through learning various theoretical and practical concepts and solving critical
problems.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Overview of Optical Fiber Communications: History of optical communication, evolution of optical
1 transmission systems, key elements of an optical fiber transmission link, digital transmission hierarchy, 1
SONET/SDH, optical window, advantages of optical communication.
Optical Fibers: Nature of light, fiber types and their geometry, photonic crystal fibers and photonic bandgap
2 fibers, basic optical laws, optical fiber modes, polarization, wave propagation analysis, waveguide 1, 2
equations and boundary conditions, power flow in optical fibers, overview of fiber materials and fabrication
methods, fiber optic cables.
3 Signal Degradation in Optical Fibers: Attenuation, absorption, scattering, fiber coupler and coupling loss, 1, 2, 3
bending loss, dispersion in optical fibers, dispersion compensation, birefringence, speciality fibers.
Optical Fiber Connections: fiber alignment and coupling, fiber splicing techniques, fiber connectors, fiber
4 couplers, optical isolators and circulators, arrayed waveguide gratings (AWG), fiber Bragg gratings (FBG), 1, 4
optical add-drop wavelength multiplexer.
Section B CLOs
Light Sources: Basic semiconductor physics regarding light emission, material selection and construction
of light emitting diodes (LEDs), internal and external quantum efficiency of LEDs, frequency
5 characteristics of LEDs, concepts of spontaneous and stimulated emission, population inversion and 1, 3, 4
optical amplification, material selection and construction of laser diodes, gain profile and modes of laser
diodes, direct and external modulation in laser diodes, LED vs laser diodes.
Photodetectors: Fundamentals of photodetectors, material selection and construction of PIN and
6 avalanche photodiode (APD) photodetecotrs, PIN vs APD photodetectors., responsivity, multiplication 1, 3, 4
factor in APD, response time of photodetectors, noise sources in photodetectors, signal-to-noise ratio.
Optical Networks: Active optical network (AON), passive optical network (PON), structure and working
7 principle of current and next generation PONs, migration techniques from current generation PONs to next 2, 4
generation PONs, power budget and availability analysis.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explaining the key elements of optical communication, SONET/ SDH, structure
of optical fibers and fabrication techniques, fundamental optical laws,
CLO1 construction of light sources and photodetectors, and function of various 1
Course optoelectronic devices used in optical communication.
Learning Analyzing waveguide equations and boundary conditions, signal degradation in
Outcomes CLO2 optical fibers, power budget, availability, and performance of optical fiber link 1, 2
(CLOs) and optical networks.
Solving critical problems regarding numerical aperture, fiber structure and
CLO3 modes, signal degradation, power budget, signal-to-noise ratio, bit error rate, 1, 2
and performance of LEDs, laser diodes and photodetectors.
CLO4 Designing light sources, photodetectors, and optical networks. 3, 6, 8

155
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture and Group Discussion Class Test and Final Exam
CLO2 Lecture and Group Discussion Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3 Lecture and Problem-based Learning Class Test and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Problem-based Learning Class Test and Final Exam

Learning Materials
G. Keiser, Optical Fiber Communications, 4/e, McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.
Recommended J.M. Senior, Optical Fiber Communications, 3/e, Pearson, 2009.
Readings S. Lallukka and P. Raatikainen, Passive Optical Networks: Transport Concepts, 1/e, VTT Publications,
2006.
D. Roddy and J. Coolen, Electronic Communications, 4/e, Pearson, 2000.
Supplementary
G. Agrawal, Nonlinear Fiber Optics, 6/e, Elsevier, 2019.
Readings
Research articles related to passive optical networks.

156
Course Code: 0715 09 ECE 4222 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Optoelectronic Devices and Optical Communications Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.00
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to develop fundamental and advanced knowledge on optoelectronic devices and
Rationale optical communications through learning various practical concepts and solving various hands-on
problems by experiments and simulation.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Simulation and analysis of single-mode and multi-mode optical fibers to investigate modes, core/clad
1 power fraction, effective material loss, and confinement loss. 1

2 Analysis of short distance optical communication and transmission and reception of different types of data 1
(function generated data, string, and voice).
3 Optical fiber splicing using fusion splicer. 2
Field Trip to Bangladesh Cable’s Shilpa Limited to learn the sequential steps involved in of optical fiber
4 1
cable manufacturing.
5 Simulation and analysis of the performance of light sources. 3
6 Simulation and analysis of the performances of photodetectors 3
Design and simulation of time division multiplexing passive optical network (TDM-PON), wavelength
7 division multiplexing passive optical network (WDM-PON), and optical-wireless convergence network. 4
8 Field trip to understand commercial optical networking. 1

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Analyzing various parameters of optical fibers, various steps involved in optical
Course CLO1 fiber cable manufacturing, and performance of data transmission and 1, 2
Learning reception using optical fiber communication.
Outcomes CLO2 Demonstrating optical fiber splicing using fusion splicing technique. 1, 2
(CLOs) CLO3 Analyzing the performance of light sources and photdetectors. 6, 7, 8, 9
Understanding and designing passive optical networks and optical-wireless
CLO4 convergence networks. 6, 7, 8, 9

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture and Laboratory Experiment/ Simulation Assignment, Quiz, Viva, and Lab Report
CLO2 Lecture and Laboratory Experiment Quiz, Viva, and Lab Report
CLO3 Lecture and Simulation Based Demonstration Quiz, Viva, and Lab Report
Lecture, Simulation Based Demonstration, and Assignment, Quiz, Viva, and Lab Report
CLO4 Problem-based Learning

Learning Materials
Recommended
J. Stenerson, Industrial Automation and Process Control, Prentice Hall, 2003, ISBN:0-13-033030-2.
Readings
Supplementary
C.D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology, 1997, Prentice Hall, ISBN:0-13-261496-0
Readings

157
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4223 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Wireless Communication Systems
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course is designed to enable students to acquire in-depth knowledge in the field of wireless
Rationale communication technology with an ability to integrate existing and new knowledge with the advancement
of the technology.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction: A basic cellular system, performance criteria, operation of cellular systems, planning a
1 cellular system, analog and digital cellular systems. 1, 2
Wireless Communication Systems: Paging Systems, Cordless Telephone Systems, Cellular Telephone
2 1, 2
Systems. Bluetooth and Zig Bee.
Elements of Cellular Radio Systems Design: General description of the problem, concept of frequency
3 reuse channels, co-channel interference reduction factor, desired C/I from a normal case in an omni 4
directional antenna system, cell splitting, consideration of the components of cellular systems.
Multiple Access Techniques for Wireless Communications: Introduction, Frequency Division Multiple
4 Access (FDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Spread Spectrum Multiple Access, Space Division 3
Multiple Access, Packet Radio Protocols; Pure ALOHA, Slotted ALLOHA.
Section B CLOs
Digital Communication through fading multipath channels: Fading channel and their characteristics-
5 Channel modeling, Digital signaling over a frequency non selective slowly fading channel. Concept of 4
diversity branches and signal paths.
3G systems and Future trends: UMTS and CDMA Digital standard: Frequency and Channel specifications,
6 Forward CDMA Channel, Reverse CDMA Channel and Wireless Cable Television. 4G mobile techniques, 1, 2
LTE-Advance systems.
Recent wireless technologies: multicarrier modulation, OFDM, MIMO system, diversity-multiplexing
7 trade-off, MIMO-OFDM system, smart-antenna; beamforming and MIMO, cognitive radio, software defined 1, 2
radio, communication relays, spectrum sharing.
Ad-hoc wireless networks: Design Challenges in Ad-hoc wireless networks, concept of cross layer design,
security in wireless networks, energy constrained networks. MANET and WSN. Wireless system protocols:
8 mobile network layer protocol (mobile IP, IPv6, dynamic host configuration protocol), mobile transport layer 4
protocol (traditional TCP, classical TCP improvements), support for mobility (wireless application protocol).

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Demonstrate their understanding on wireless communication system and
Course CLO1 evolution of different wireless communication systems and standards; 1
Learning
CLO2 Compare different technologies used for wireless communication systems; 1, 2
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 explain multiple access techniques for Wireless Communication; 1
Evaluate design challenges, constraints and security issues associated with
CLO4 4
Ad-hoc wireless networks.

158
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO2
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3
Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
J. Schiller, “Mobile Communication” 2/e, Pearson Education, 2012.
Recommended
Readings Iti Saha Misra, “Wireless Communication and Networks : 3G and Beyond”, 2/e, McGraw Hill Education
Private Ltd, 2013.
Theodore S. Rappaport, Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, 2002

159
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4224 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Wireless Communication Systems Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course is designed to enable students to acquire in-depth practical knowledge in the field of wireless
Rationale
communication technology.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Hands-on experience on cell design / field trip 1, 2
2 Develop skills in RF and transmission network planning /field trip 2
3 Link budget estimation 2
4 Estimate power, QoS and capacity 2
Study of Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)

CLO Missing
5 • Multipath 1
• Multiuser
6 Study of propagation path loss models: indoor & outdoor (using matlab)
7 Study of Spread Spectrum – DSSS Modulation & Demodulation (using communication trainer kit) 3
8 Study of Orthogonal Frequency-division Multiplexing (OFDM) Modulation 3
9 Filed trip on wireless data network design 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 Design wireless communication network; 3
Learning
CLO2 Explain quality of service and calculate the system capacity; 1, 2
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 Understand different multiple access techniques for Wireless Communication; 1
CLO4 Design wireless data network. 3, 4

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Quiz
CLO2 Laboratory experiments / computer simulation /
Lab test
CLO3 filed trip
Oral Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
J. Schiller, “Mobile Communication” 2/e, Pearson Education, 2012.
Recommended Iti Saha Misra, “Wireless Communication and Networks : 3G and Beyond”, 2/e, McGraw Hill Education
Readings Private Ltd, 2013.
Theodore S. Rappaport, Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, 2002

160
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4225 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Information Theory and Error Coding
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This is the fundamental and essential course for the students to introduce the principles and applications
of information theory and error control coding so that they know how information is measured in terms of
probability and entropy, and the relationships among conditional and joint entropies; how these are used to
Rationale
calculate the capacity of a communication channel, with and without noise; coding schemes, including
error correcting codes; how discrete channels and measures of information generalise to their continuous
forms.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Information Theory: Introduction, Measure of information, Information content of message, Average
Information content of symbols in Long Independent sequences, Average Information content of symbols
1 in Long dependent sequences, Markov Statistical Model for Information Sources, Entropy and Information 1
rate of Mark off Sources.
Source Coding: Encoding of the Source Output, Shannon's Encoding Algorithm, Shannon Fano Encoding
2 Algorithm, Source coding theorem, Prefix Codes, Kraft McMillan Inequality property¬ KMI, Huffman codes, 1, 2
Shannon-Fano-Elias coding, Arithmetic Coding
Information Channels: Communication Channels, Discrete Communication channels Channel Matrix, Joint
probabilty Matrix, Binary Symmetric Channel, System Entropies.
3 3
Mutual Information, Channel Capacity, Channel Capacity of Binary Symmetric Channel, Binary Erasure
Channel, Muroga's Theorem
Section B CLOs
Error Control Coding: Introduction, Examples of Error control coding, methods of Controlling Errors, Types
of Errors, types of Codes, Linear Block Codes: matrix description of Linear Block Codes, Error detection and
4 Correction capabilities of Linear Block Codes, Single error correction Hamming code, Table lookup 4, 5
Decoding using Standard Array.
Binary Cyclic Codes: Algebraic Structure of Cyclic Codes, Encoding using an (n-k) Bit Shift register,
5 4, 5
Syndrome Calculation, Error Detection and Correction
Convolutional Codes: Encoding of Convolutional Codes, Structural Properties of Convolutional Codes,
6 State Diagram, Tree Diagram, Trellis Diagram, Maximum, Likelihood Decoding of Convolutional Codes, 4, 5
Viterbi Algorithm, Sequential decoding algorithm.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Explain concept of dependent and independent source, measure of
CLO1 information, entropy, rate of information and order of a source 1, 2, 7
Apply Shannon Encoding, Shannon Fano, Prefix and Huffman Encoding
Course CLO2 7, 8
Algorithms to present information
Learning
Outcomes Model the continuous and discrete communication channels using input,
CLO3 output and joint probabilities 7, 8
(CLOs)
Determine a code word comprising of the check bits computed using Linear
CLO4 8, 9
Block codes, cyclic codes and convolutional codes
CLO5 Design the encoding and decoding circuits for Linear Block codes, cyclic codes, 9, 10
convolutional codes, BCH and Golay codes.

161
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
Digital andAnalog Communication Systems, K. Sam Shanmugam, John Wtley India Pvt Ltd, 1996.
Recommended Digital Communication, Simon Haykin, John Wtley India Pvt Ltd, 2008.
Readings Information Theory and Coding, HariBhat, Ganesh Rao, Cengage, 2017.
Error Correction Coding, Todd K Moon,Wiley Std. Edition, 2006

162
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4226 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Information Theory and Error Coding Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
In this course, students will apply information theory and error control coding using software and measure
Rationale information in terms of probability and entropy, and calculate the capacity of a communication channel,
with and without noise.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Measure of information, Information content of message, Average Information content of symbols in Long
1 Independent sequences. 1
2 Average Information content of symbols in Long dependent sequences 1
3 Entropy and Information rate of Mark off Sources. 1
4 Source Coding: Encoding of the Source Output, Shannon-Fano-Elias Encoding Algorithm. 2
5 Source coding theorem, Huffman coding. entropy, average length and efficiency of coding 2
6 Previous lab practice class.
7 Examples of Error control coding, methods of Controlling Errors, Types of Errors, types of Codes, 3
Linear Block Codes: matrix description of Linear Block Codes, Error detection and Correction capabilities
8 of Linear Block Codes, Single error correction Hamming code. 3
Binary Cyclic Codes: Algebraic Structure of Cyclic Codes, Encoding using an (n-k) Bit Shift register, Error
9 4
Detection and Correction
10 Convolutional Codes: Encoding of Convolutional Codes, Structural Properties of Convolutional Codes. 4
State Diagram, Tree Diagram, Trellis Diagram, Maximum, Likelihood Decoding of Convolutional Codes,
11 4
Viterbi Algorithm, Sequential decoding algorithm.
12 Previous lab practice class.
13 Coding and decoding of BCH codes. 5
14 Error detection and correction using BCH codes. 5

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Write a program to determine various entropies and mutual information of a
CLO1 given channel (Noise free channel and Binary symmetric channel). 1, 7
Write a program for the generation and evaluation of variable length source
coding using MATLAB (Shannon-Fano-Elias and Huffman Coding and decoding)
Course CLO2 7, 8
and also calculate the entropy, average length and efficiency of Huffman
Learning Coding.
Outcomes
Write a program for coding and decoding of linear block codes and perform
(CLOs) CLO3 8, 9
error detection and correction using liner block code.
Write a program for coding and decoding of cyclic and convolutional codes and
CLO4 perform error detection and correction using cyclic and convolutional codes. 8, 9

Write a program for coding and decoding of BCH codes and perform error
CLO5 8, 9
detection and correction using BCH codes.

163
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

Learning Materials
Digital andAnalog Communication Systems, K. Sam Shanmugam, John Wtley India Pvt Ltd, 1996.
Recommended Digital Communication, Simon Haykin, John Wtley India Pvt Ltd, 2008.
Readings Information Theory and Coding, HariBhat, Ganesh Rao, Cengage, 2017.
Error Correction Coding, Todd K Moon,Wiley Std. Edition, 2006

164
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4241 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Biomedical Engineering
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This is the fundamental and essential course for the students to provide the knowledge about basics of
Rationale
biomedical engineering so that they can apply the knowledge in industry and research.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Introduction to Biomedical Instrumentation: objectives, types and design consideration of biomedical
instrumentation, introduction and component of man instrumentation system, physiological system of the
1 body, problems in measuring a living system. 1, 2
Basic Transducer Principles: active and passive transducer, transducer for biomedical applications
Sources of Bioelectric Potentials: resting and action potentials, propagation of action potentials,
2 bioelectric potentials 1, 2
Electrodes: electrode theory, biopotential electrodes, biochemical transducers
Cardiovascular System and Measurements: the heart, blood pressure, characteristics of blood flow, heart
sounds, electrocardiography, measurement of blood pressure, blood flow and cardiac output,
3 2, 4
plethysmography
Patient Care and Monitoring: the elements of intensive care monitoring, pacemakers, defibrillators
Section B CLOs
Biomedical Telemetry and Telemedicine: different telemetry systems, Telemedicine
4 Blood Cell Counters: types of blood cells, methods of cell counting 2, 4
Patient Safety: electric shock hazards, leakage currents, electrical safety analyzer
Modern Imaging Systems: X-ray machine and digital radiography, X-ray computed tomography, magnetic
5 resonance imaging system, ultrasonic imaging system 2, 3, 4
Therapeutic Equipment: instruments for surgery, laser application in biomedical field, physiotherapy and
6 4
electrotherapy equipment, haemodialysis machines

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand the biomedical instrumentation, transducer, and bioelectric signal
CLO1 and electrodes and apply the knowledge on recording bioelectric signals 1, 2, 4, 6
Course
Explain cardiovascular system and measurements and apply their knowledge
Learning CLO2 1, 3, 6, 8
on cardiovascular disease management
Outcomes
(CLOs) Discover various imaging techniques such as X-ray imaging, CT scan, MRI and
CLO3 2, 5, 6, 10
ultrasonogram and apply the knowledge on patient diagnosis
Apply the knowledge on the concept of hemodialysis, laser application in
CLO4 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
medical field, patient pacemaker, remote monitoring and disease prediction

165
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Question and answering, Quiz and Class Test
CLO2 Lecture, Group Discussion and Presentation.
Assignment
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation
Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
L. Cromewell, F. J. Weibell, E. A. Pfeiffer, Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements, 2/e, Prentice
Recommended
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2006.
Readings
R. S. Khandjur, Hand Book of Biomedical Instrumentation, 2/e, TMH Book Company, New Delhi, 2003.
Supplementary
J. D. Bronzino, The Biomedical Engineering Handbook, 2/e, Springer Berlin, Heidelberg, 2000.
Readings

166
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4242 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Biomedical Engineering Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to develop skills in biomedical engineering, instrumentation design,
Rationale
implementation and analysis to understand the theories and apply the knowledge in related medical field.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Introduction to Biomedical Instrumentation: objectives, types and design consideration of biomedical
instrumentation, introduction and component of man instrumentation system, physiological system of the
1 body, problems in measuring a living system. 1, 2
Basic Transducer Principles: active and passive transducer, transducer for biomedical applications
Sources of Bioelectric Potentials: resting and action potentials, propagation of action potentials,
2 bioelectric potentials 1, 2, 3
Electrodes: electrode theory, biopotential electrodes, biochemical transducers
Previous lab practice class
Cardiovascular System and Measurements: the heart, blood pressure, characteristics of blood flow, heart
sounds, electrocardiography, measurement of blood pressure, blood flow and cardiac output,
3 2, 3, 4, 5
plethysmography
Patient Care and Monitoring: the elements of intensive care monitoring, pacemakers, defibrillators
Biomedical Telemetry and Telemedicine: different telemetry systems, Telemedicine
4 Blood Cell Counters: types of blood cells, methods of cell counting 2, 3, 4, 5
Patient Safety: electric shock hazards, leakage currents, electrical safety analyzer
Modern Imaging Systems: X-ray machine and digital radiography, X-ray computed tomography, magnetic
5 resonance imaging system, ultrasonic imaging system 3, 4
Previous lab practice class
6 Therapeutic Equipment: instruments for surgery, laser application in biomedical field, physiotherapy and 3, 4, 5
electrotherapy equipment, haemodialysis machines

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand the fundamentals of different biomedical measurements and
CLO1 instrumentations and apply hands-on experience on physiological 1, 3, 4, 6
measurement and bioelectric signals recording
Course Design, analysis, and implementation of biomedical instruments and apply the
CLO2 2, 4, 6, 8, 11
Learning knowledge to acquire and observe bioelectric signals
Outcomes Process and analyze bioelectric signals using professional software (e.g.,
(CLOs) CLO3 Matlab, Python), toolbox (ECGLAB, EEGLab) and advanced signal processing 1, 4, 5, 6, 10
approaches (e.g., machine learning algorithms and models)
Investigate and interpret the analyzed outcome for identification of internal
CLO4 2, 4, 7, 8, 10
organ malfunction, disease detection and prediction
CLO5 Design a small project for remote patient monitoring and investigation 2, 4, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12

167
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Quiz
CLO3 Laboratory experiments and computer simulation Lab test
CLO4 Viva voce
CLO5

Learning Materials
L. Cromewell, F. J. Weibell, E. A. Pfeiffer, Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements, 2/e, Prentice
Recommended
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2006.
Readings
R. S. Khandjur, Hand Book of Biomedical Instrumentation, 2/e, TMH Book Company, New Delhi, 2003.
Supplementary
J. D. Bronzino, The Biomedical Engineering Handbook, 2/e, Springer Berlin, Heidelberg, 2000.
Readings

168
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4243 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Digital Image Processing
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This is the fundamental and essential course for the students to provide the knowledge about basics of
Rationale
image processing so that they can apply the knowledge in industry and research.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Digital image fundamentals and image transforms digital image fundamentals, sampling and quantization,
1 relationship between pixels; Image transforms: 2-D FFT, properties, Walsh transform, Hadamard transform, 1
discrete cosine transform, Haar transform, Slant transform, Hoteling transform.
Introduction, image enhancement in spatial domain, enhancement through point processing, types of point
processing, histogram manipulation, linear and non-linear gray level transformation, local or
2 neighbourhood operation, median filter processing; Spatial domain high pass filtering, filtering in frequency 2
domain, obtaining frequency domain filters from spatial filters, generating filters directly in the frequency
domain, low pass (smoothing) and high pass (sharpening) filters in frequency domain.
Image restoration degradation model, algebraic approach to restoration, inverse filtering. Least mean
3 3
square filters, constrained least square restoration, interactive restoration
Section B CLOs
Image segmentation detection of discontinuities, edge linking and boundary detection, threshold, region
oriented segmentation morphological image processing dilation and erosion, structuring element
4 decomposition, the Strel function, erosion; Combining dilation and erosion: Opening and closing the hit and 5
miss transformation.
Image compression: Redundancies and their removal methods, fidelity criteria, image compression
5 4
models, source encoder and decoder, error free compression, lossy compression, JPEG 2000 standard.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand the image fundamentals and mathematical transforms necessary
Course CLO1 for image processing. 1, 2
Learning CLO2 Describe the image enhancement techniques. 3
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 Evaluate the image restoration procedures. 3
CLO4 Analyze the image compression procedures. 2
CLO5 Design the image segmentation and representation techniques. 2

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Question and Answering
CLO2
Lecture, Group Discussion, and Presentation Quiz and Class Test
CLO3
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4
Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO5

169
Learning Materials
Recommended Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2008.
Readings S. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan, T. Veerakumar, “Digital Image Processing”, TMH, 3rd Edition, 2010.
Rafael, C. Gonzalez, Richard E woods, Stens L Eddings, “Digital Image Processing using MAT LAB”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2010.
A.K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, PHI, 1st Edition, 1989.
Supplementary
Readings Somka, Hlavac, Boyle, “Digital Image Processing and Computer Vision”, Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, 2008.
Adrain Low, “Introductory Computer vision Imaging Techniques and Solutions”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd
Edition, 2008.
John C. Russ, J. Christian Russ, “Introduction to Image Processing & Analysis”, CRC Press, 1st Edition, 2010.

170
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4244 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Digital Image Processing Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) 0714 09 ECE 4243 Digital Image Processing
This course is designed for the students to provide the knowledge about basics of image processing so that
Rationale
they can apply the knowledge in industry and research.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 To study the image fundamentals, image transforms and relationship between pixels. 1
2 To study different types of image enhancement techniques. 2
3 To study image restoration degradation model, inverse filtering, least mean square filters. 3
4 To study different types of image segmentation techniques. 5
5 To investigate the image compression, redundancies and removal methods. 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Understand the image fundamentals, image transforms, relationship between
CLO1 pixels. 1
Course
Learning CLO2 Explore the different types of image enhancement techniques. 3
Outcomes CLO3 Understand the Image restoration degraded model. 2
(CLOs) CLO4 Describe the image compression, redundancies and removal methods. 3
Determine the threshold and the region oriented segmentation morphological 2
CLO5
image processing dilation and erosion.

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
Lab Report
CLO2
Laboratory experiments and computer simulation Quiz, Lab Test
CLO3
Project as Assignment
CLO4
Viva voce
CLO5

Learning Materials
Recommended Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2008.
Readings S. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan, T. Veerakumar, “Digital Image Processing”, TMH, 3rd Edition, 2010.
Rafael, C. Gonzalez, Richard E woods, Stens L Eddings, “Digital Image Processing using MAT LAB”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2010.
A.K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, PHI, 1st Edition, 1989.
Supplementary Somka, Hlavac, Boyle, “Digital Image Processing and Computer Vision”, Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, 2008.
Readings
Adrain Low, “Introductory Computer vision Imaging Techniques and Solutions”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd
Edition, 2008.
John C. Russ, J. Christian Russ, “Introduction to Image Processing & Analysis”, CRC Press, 1st Edition, 2010.

171
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 4245 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Database and Webpage Design
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide the basic knowledge on database, database design, internet, web design and
Rationale
maintenance.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Concepts of database systems: Files and Databases, Database Management Systems; Transaction
1 management, Structure of a DBMS, Applications. 1, 5
Entity-Relationship concepts: Entity types, Entity set, Attribute and key, Relationships, Relation types,
2 Entity relationship, ER modeling, ER diagrams, Database design using ER diagrams, Enhanced 1, 5
Entity-Relationship (EER) model.
Normalization: Normal forms, Normalized Relations, and Database performance; De-normalization.
3 Relational model: Structure of relational databases, Relational algebra, Relational algebra operations, 1, 5
Modification of the database, Introduction to views, Pitfalls in relational database design.
SQL: Data Definition Language, Data Manipulation Language, Basics of SQL, Query designing in SQL using
4 aggregate functions and nested queries, Embedded SQL, Triggers, Procedures; Indexes; Declarative 2, 5
Constrains and Database Triggers.
Section B CLOs
Concurrency control: Lock based protocols, Timestamp based protocols, Validation based protocols,
5 Deadlock. Recovery system: Failure classification, Storage structure, Recovery and atomicity, Log-based 2, 5
recovery, Recovery with concurrent transactions, Advanced recovery techniques, RAID model.
Advanced database management systems: No SQL Systems, distributed systems, object-oriented System,
6 3, 5
Temporal, Database Security, Data Warehousing and Data Mining, Database Administration and Tuning.
Web Design: HTML, PHP, CSS, test, image, links, lists, forms, tables, colors, video, audio, other multimedia,
working with scripts, testing and Debugging Web pages, publishing pages on the Web. Hosting, local server,
infrastructure behind the internet and the Web, the evolution of web page design, Job titles, duties, and
7 teamwork, Basic principles of design, Defining the purpose for a web site, Identifying the audience for the 3, 4, 5
web site, Planning the content of a web site, Designing the site's structure and developing a flowchart,
establishing a page layout, working with navigation and developing a storyboard, Basic principles of
typography, Types of graphics and multimedia available.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Interpret files, database management system, entity relationship concepts,
CLO1 relational database, and relational algebra. 1, 2, 10
Course
Learning Illustrate the basics of SQL, the normalization issues, the lock-based protocols,
CLO2 1, 2, 7, 8
Outcomes the timestamp-based protocols, the validation-based protocols, and deadlock.
(CLOs) CLO3 Identify Data Warehousing and Data Mining, static and dynamic webpages. 2, 7, 10
CLO4 Build and modify front-end and back-end of a webpage. 1, 2, 8
CLO5 Solve problems related to database and webpage design. 1, 2, 9

172
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
Lecture and Group Discussion Quiz and Class Test
CLO3
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4
CLO5

Learning Materials
Recommended R. Limeback, N. Stanger, A. Kent, T. Willis, and C. Auld, Practical Web Database Design, 1/e, 2003
Readings G. Powell, Beginning Database Design, 1/e, 2005

173
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 4246 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Database and Webpage Design Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide practical knowledge and develop skills on database, database design,
Rationale
internet, web design and maintenance.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Determining the functionalities and operations for the database application. 1
Design entity-relationship diagrams to represent database application scenarios and convert
2 2
entity-relationship diagrams into relations.
3 Designing, normalizing, and perfecting the relational database schema. 3
4 Writing the SQL commands to create the database. 4
5 Concurrency Control performance modeling. 5
6 Developing object-oriented System. 6
7 Designing and testing web pages. 7
8 Creating a storyboard for website. 8

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
CLO1 Find the functionalities of the database application. 2, 10
CLO2 Develop the entity-relationship diagrams. 1, 2, 8
Course CLO3 Design and normalize the relational database. 1, 2, 7, 8
Learning
CLO4 Apply SQL commands to develop the database. 1, 2, 8
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO5 Build Concurrency Control performance model. 1, 2, 7, 8
CLO6 Develop object-oriented System. 1, 2, 8
CLO7 Build web pages with image, links, lists, tables, colors, video, and audio content. 1, 2, 7, 8
CLO8 Develop a storyboard for website design. 1, 2, 8

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2
CLO3 Quiz
CLO4
Laboratory experiments and computer simulation Lab test
CLO5
Viva voce
CLO6
CLO7
CLO8

Learning Materials
Recommended R. Limeback, N. Stanger, A. Kent, T. Willis, and C. Auld, Practical Web Database Design, 1/e, 2003
Readings G. Powell, Beginning Database Design, 1/e, 2005

174
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 4247 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Machine Learning
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide knowledge and expertise on machine learning algorithms to solve different
Rationale
classification, regression, and prediction problems. s to provide practical knowledge and develop skills on
database, database design, internet, web design and maintenance.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
Statistical Learning: What is statistical Learning? The Trade-off between prediction accuracy and Model
1 interpretability, Supervised versus Unsupervised learning, and Regression version Classification problems. 1
Assessing model accuracy, Measuring the quality of fit, the bias-variance trade-off.
Linear regression: Simple linear regression, Estimating the coefficient of regression, Assessing the
2 3
accuracy of the coefficient estimation, Multiple linear regression
Classification: An overview of classification, Logistics regression, Generative model for Classification, A
comparison for classification, Generalized linear models, Linear Discriminant analysis, Naïve Bayes,
3 K-Nearest Neighbours, Poisson Regression, resampling methods, Cross-Validation, The Nearest Neighbor 2, 3
Rule, Leave-One-Out cross-validation, k-fold cross-validation, cross-validation on classification problems.
The bootstrap.
Support Vector Machine: Maximal Margin Classifier, Classification using separating Hyper Plane,
4 Construction of the maximal margin classifier, Support vector Classifier, Support Vector Machine, SVMs 3
with more than two classifier
Section B CLOs
Tree-Based Methods : The basics of decision trees, regression trees, classification trees, Bagging, Random
5 Forest, Boosting, XG boost, Light Boost, and Gradient Boosting 3
Data dimensionality reduction and Feature Selection : PCA, LDA, Sparse PCA, UMAP, t-SNE, Feature
6 2, 3
selection.
Deep Learning : Single Layer Neural Network, Multi-Layer neural network, Convolutional Neural network,
7 Convolutional Layers, Pooling layers, Data Augmentation, Architecture of Convolutional Neural network, 2, 3, 4
Result using Pre-trained classifier, Alex Net, Res-Net, UNET, Data segmentation
Explainable Machine Learning : SHAP (SHapley Additive exPlanations), LIME (Local Interpretable
8 2, 3
Model-Agnostic Explanations)

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Identify the underlying mathematical relationships of machine learning
CLO1 algorithms. 1, 2
Course Analyze underlying characteristics of various types of practical data and their
CLO2 2, 3
Learning structures.
Outcomes Make use of some of the main learning models and algorithms for
(CLOs) CLO3 1, 2, 8
regression,classification, clustering, and data visualization.
Design, implement, and hyper-tune various machine learning algorithms to
CLO4 3, 8
solve a range of real-world problems

175
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO2
Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO3
Lecture and Group Discussion Viva voce and Final Exam
CLO4

Learning Materials
G. James, D. Witten, T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, An Introduction to Statistical Learning with application in R,
springer.
S. Kulkarni, An Elementary Introduction to Statistical Learning Theory, Willey.
Recommended A.M. Glenberg, M.E. Andrzejewski, Learning from Data an Introduction to Statistical Reasoning, 3/e,
Readings taylor and Francis group.
T. Hastie, J. Friedman, R. Tisbshirani, The Elements of statistical learning: data mining, inference, and
prediction. Springer, 2017.

Year Missing

176
Course Code: 0714 09 CSE 4248 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title Machine Learning Sessional
Course Status Optional
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
The course intends to provide knowledge and expertise on machine learning algorithms to solve different
classification, regression, and prediction problems. It will teach students about the different machine
Rationale
learning techniques practically and also will provide practical knowledge to secure the knowledge about
big data and its application.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


Statistical Learning: What is statistical Learning? The Trade-off between prediction accuracy and Model
1 interpretability, Supervised versus Unsupervised learning, and Regression version Classification problems. 1
Assessing model accuracy, Measuring the quality of fit, the bias-variance trade-off.
Linear regression: Simple linear regression, Estimating the coefficient of regression, Assessing the
2 3
accuracy of the coefficient estimation, Multiple linear regression
Classification: An overview of classification, Logistics regression, Generative model for Classification, A
comparison for classification, Generalized linear models, Linear Discriminant analysis, Naïve Bayes,
3 K-Nearest Neighbours, Poisson Regression, resampling methods, Cross-Validation, The Nearest Neighbor 2, 3
Rule, Leave-One-Out cross-validation, k-fold cross-validation, cross-validation on classification problems.
The bootstrap.
Support Vector Machine: Maximal Margin Classifier, Classification using separating Hyper Plane,
4 Construction of the maximal margin classifier, Support vector Classifier, Support Vector Machine, SVMs 3
with more than two classifier
Tree-Based Methods : The basics of decision trees, regression trees, classification trees, Bagging, Random
5 Forest, Boosting, XG boost, Light Boost, and Gradient Boosting 3
Data dimensionality reduction and Feature Selection : PCA, LDA, Sparse PCA, UMAP, t-SNE, Feature
6 2, 3
selection.
Deep Learning : Single Layer Neural Network, Multi-Layer neural network, Convolutional Neural network,
7 Convolutional Layers, Pooling layers, Data Augmentation, Architecture of Convolutional Neural network, 2, 3, 4
Result using Pre-trained classifier, Alex Net, Res-Net, UNET, Data segmentation
Explainable Machine Learning : SHAP (SHapley Additive exPlanations), LIME (Local Interpretable
8 2, 3
Model-Agnostic Explanations)

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Identify the underlying mathematical relationships of machine learning
CLO1 algorithms. 1, 2
Course
Analyze underlying characteristics of various types of practical data and their
Learning CLO2 2, 3
structures.
Outcomes
(CLOs) Make use of some of the main learning models and algorithms for
CLO3 1, 2, 8
regression,classification, clustering, and data visualization.
Design, implement, and hyper-tune various machine learning algorithms to
CLO4 3, 8
solve a range of real-world problems

177
Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy
CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Homework
Lecture and Team Teaching
CLO2 Quiz and Class Test
Problem-based Learning and Presentation
CLO3 Assignment and Final Exam
Lecture and Group Discussion
CLO4 Lab test, Viva

Learning Materials
G. James, D. Witten, T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, An Introduction to Statistical Learning with application in R,
springer.
S. Kulkarni, An Elementary Introduction to Statistical Learning Theory, Willey.
Recommended
A. M. Glenberg, M.E. Andrzejewski, Learning from Data an Introduction to Statistical Reasoning, 3/e,
Readings
taylor and Francis group.
T. Hastie, J. Friedman, R. Tisbshirani, The Elements of statistical learning: data mining, inference, and
prediction. Springer, (2017)

Year Missing

178
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4249 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title High Voltage Engineering
Course Status Optional
Credit 3.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course provides the knowledge about High Voltage (HV) Engineering (HV generation, measurements,
Rationale
and various standards) so that students can apply the knowledge in industry and research.

Course Contents
CLOs
Section A
1 High voltage AC generation: Tesla coils, cascaded transformers and resonance transformers. 1
High voltage DC generation: rectifier circuits, ripple minimization, voltage multipliers, Van-de-Graaf and
2 2
electrostatic generators; applications.
Impulse voltage generation: Shapes, mathematical analysis, codes and standards, single and multi-stage
impulse generators, tripping and control of impulse generators. Breakdown in gas, liquid and solid
3 dielectric materials, applications of gas and solid dielectrics in transformer. Corona. Break down 3
mechanism of solid, liquid and gases.
Section B CLOs
High voltage measurements and testing: IEC and IEEE standards, sphere gap, electrostatic voltmeter,
4 potential divider, Schering bridge, Megaohm meter, HV current and voltage transducers: contact and 4
noncontact.
5 Over-voltage phenomenon and insulation coordination. Lightning and switching surges, basic insulation
1, 2, 3, 5
level (EV, EHV and UHV systems), surge diverters and arresters.

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs

Course CLO1 understand HV rectifiers, ripple minimization, voltage multipliers; 1


Learning CLO2 apply HV ac generation techniques; 1, 3
Outcomes CLO3 know about impulse voltage generation 1
(CLOs) CLO4 utilize HV measurement techniques; 8
CLO5 know basic insulations 1

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1
CLO2 Lecture and Team Teaching Quiz and Class Test
CLO3 Problem-based Learning and Presentation Assignment and Final Exam
CLO4 Oral and Final Exam
Lecture and Group Discussion
CLO4
CLO5

Learning Materials
High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals E. Kuffel, W.S. Zaengl, J. Kuffel Newnes 2nd Edition, 2000
Recommended High Voltage Engineering Wadhwa C.L. New Age International 3rd Edition, 2012.
Readings High-Voltage Test and Measuring Techniques Wolfgang Hauschild Eberhard Lemke Springer 1st
Edition2014

179
Course Code: 0714 09 ECE 4250 Year: Fourth Term: Second
Course Title High Voltage Engineering Sessional
Course Status Core
Credit 1.0
Prerequisite(s) None
This course is designed to provide practical knowledge on HV engineering so that the students can apply
Rationale
this knowledge in industry.

Course Contents/Tasks CLOs


1 Safety induction and introduction to the layout of HV laboratory 1
2 Measure earth resistance of high voltage lab and high tension supply pole 4
To study breakdown of air using 100 kV AC test set using:
• Sphere – Sphere Gap
3 • Sphere – Plane Gap 2
• Point – Plane Gap
4 Prelab for the next lab
5 Generation and measurement of AC voltage 3
6 Prelab for the for the next lab
7 Generation and measurement of DC voltage 3
8 Prelab for the for the next lab
9 Generation and measurement of impulse voltage 3
10 Prelab for the for the next lab
11 Impulse voltage with the HV 9132 trigger sphere 3
12 Testing of isolators and circuit breakers, cables. 4

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to: Mapping with PLOs
Course CLO1 work safely in a high-voltage setup area; 3
Learning
CLO2 measure air breakdown voltage; 3
Outcomes
(CLOs) CLO3 perceive HV generation techniques; 1, 2
CLO4 utilize HV measurement techniques; 2

Mapping CLOs with the Teaching-Learning and Assessment Strategy


CLOs Teaching-Learning Strategy Assessment Strategy
CLO1 Quiz
CLO2
Laboratory experiments Lab test
CLO3
CLO4 Oral exam

Learning Materials
High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals E. Kuffel, W.S. Zaengl, J. Kuffel Newnes 2nd Edition, 2000
Recommended High Voltage Engineering Wadhwa C.L. New Age International 3rd Edition, 2012.
Readings High-Voltage Test and Measuring Techniques Wolfgang Hauschild Eberhard Lemke Springer 1st
Edition2014

180
PART-D
20 Grading and Evaluation
20.1 Grading Scale
a) Letter Grades and corresponding Grade Points will be awarded following provisions shown below:
Numerical Grade Letter Grade Grade Point
80% or above A+ (A plus) 4.00
75 to less than 80% A (A regular) 3.75
70 to less than 75% A- (A minus) 3.50
65 to less than 70% B+ (B plus) 3.25
60 to less than 65% B (B regular) 3.00
55 to less than 60% B- (B minus) 2.75
50 to less than 55% C+ (C plus) 2.50
45 to less than 50% C (regular) 2.25
40 to less than 45% D 2.00
Less than 40% F 00
Incomplete I
Withdrawn W
Continuation (for the project, thesis design, etc. course) X

20.1.1 Evaluation of Theory Courses


a) All theory courses will be evaluated out of 100 marks, the distribution of which is given below:
Sl. No. Items Marks
1 Attendance and Class Participation 10
2 Continuous Assessments 30
3 Term Final Examination 60
Total 100

b) The basis for awarding marks for class attendance and participation will be as follows:
Attendance & Participation Marks
90% or above 10
85 to below 90% 9
80 to below 85% 8
75 to below 80% 7
70 to below 75% 6
65 to below 70% 5
60 to below 65% 4
Below 60% 0

c) The continuous assessments of the theory courses may be conducted in the form of class tests, assignments,
homework, presentation, quiz, viva voce, etc. The course teacher(s) will evaluate every continuous assessment and share
the result with the students within 2(two) weeks of conducting that continuous assessment.

d) The duration of a class test may be 20-45 minutes, and it will preferably be given during class hours.

e) If a student does not attend the class test for reasons satisfactory enough to the course teacher, the course teacher
may allow the student one more chance for such assessment during the term; however, it must be held before the term
final examinations. A student who has been absent for a short period, up to a maximum of three weeks due to illness,
should approach the course teacher(s) or Coordinator(s) for make-up of quizzes/class tests or assignments, etc.,
181
immediately on returning to the classes. Such request should be supported by a medical certificate endorsed by the Chief
Medical Officer of the University. The medical certificate issued by a registered medical practitioner (with the registration
number shown explicitly on the certificate) and endorsed by the Chief Medical Officer of the University will also be
acceptable only when the student has valid reasons for his/her absence from the University.

f) The number of Continuous Assessments (CAs) in each course will be as follows:


No. of credit(s) Total no. of CA required CAs to be consideredfor grading
3–4 4 (2 in each section) Section best assessments shall be averaged for grading
1.5 – 2 3 (at least one in each section)

g) If two teachers teach a course, both the teachers will conduct continuous assessments individually.
h) Answer scripts of the continuous assessment may be shown to the students to identify their strengths and
weaknesses, but those would not be returned to them. The concerned teacher would submit the evaluated continuous
assessment answer scripts and attendance register to the Head of the Discipline/Program Offering Entity (POE). The final
score of attendance and class participation (out of 10) and continuous assessment (out of 30) should be displayed on the
Discipline’s notice board/ Discipline website/ Course web page before starting the term final examination.
i) The course teachers must submit the continuous assessment mark sheets to the Chair of the Examination Committee
before the starting of the term final examination.
j) The Term Final Examination will carry 60 marks. There will be two separate answer scripts for Section A and Section B in
the Term Final Examination.
k) When a student repeats a course in which he/she previously obtained an F grade, he/she will be given just an immediate
lower grade that he/she obtained in the repeated course. However, in case he/she obtains a D grade, that will be
maintained, and this grade will be shown in the transcript. If a student has to repeat a course due to punishment on
him/her, the grade obtained will be maintained. If a student obtains a grade other than an F in a course, he/she will not be
allowed to repeat the course for grade improvement.
l) If a student obtains an ‘F’ grade in any Core course in any term, this ‘F’ grade will not be counted for Grade Point Average
(GPA) but will be shown on the grade sheet, and in such case, he/she will have to retake the course for grade
improvement.
m) While registering for a retake/re-retake theoretical course, a student must be given an option to decide whether s/he
intends to sit for continuous assessment of the course. If s/he opts to sit for continuous assessments, his/her fresh mark
will be counted to prepare the result. However, the class attendance and participation marks will be taken from the
previous record.
n) A student has to register for the backlog/retake/re-retake core courses first followed by the fresh courses offered by
the Discipline for the term s/he is going to enrol subject to the compliance with: (i) completion of prerequisite courses (if
any) and (ii) maximum registration limit of 25 credits per term. However, s/he may not choose to register the optional
backlog/retake/re-retake courses first.
o) In addition, a student may be allowed to register for advance course(s) in a term subject to: (i) his/her all
backlog/retake/re-retake and offered core courses are either clear or registered, (ii) his/her current terms’ offered all
core courses are registered, (iii) completion of corresponding prerequisite courses (if any), (iv) compliance with a
maximum registration limit of 25 credits per term, and (v) the desired advance courses are offered by the Discipline/POE
in the current term. However, such advance course registration option will not be applicable for capstone courses like
Thesis/Project/ Internship/ Research study/ Monograph/ Portfolio, and so on.
p) A Special Term may be offered for the final year students who have retake/re-retake course(s). In this case, the
maximum credit limit for a student will be 15 credits. This will be a Non-Taught Term. The Examination of Special Term will
start 4 (four) weeks after publishing 4th-year 2nd Term results and will continue not more than 2 (two) weeks. The
continuous assessment marks (40%) will be carried over from previously registered theory course(s), and Special Term
Final Examination will carry the remaining (60%) marks. Final Year Term Thesis/Dissertation/Design or Core Sessional(s)
supervisor(s)/course teacher(s) in consultation with the Head may allow the student(s) to re-submit the Thesis/
182
Dissertation Design or Core Sessional(s) within the Special Term schedule. However, it must be within the allowed limits
of the Special Term credits.
20.1.2 Evaluation of Sessional Courses
a) All sessional courses will be evaluated out of 100 marks, the distribution of which is given below:
Sl. No. Items Marks
1 Attendance/Class Participation/Contact with teachers 10
2 Sessional Evaluation/Internal criticism/Observation 60
3 Viva Voce/ Final Jury 30
Total 100

b) Sessional evaluation would be done through a laboratory test, class test, quiz, assignment, assigned project, report, oral
test, performance/behaviour of the students, etc. The course teacher(s) will complete every sessional evaluation and
share the result with the students within 2(two) weeks of conducting that item. Attendance and sessional evaluation
mark sheets (out of 10+60=70) will be displayed on the Discipline’s notice board/Discipline website/Course web page
before starting the term final examination.

c) Viva Voce of each sessional course will usually be conducted by the course teacher(s). The senior most among the
course teachers (if any) will be the Chair of the viva board. However, such viva voce/final assessment of a sessional course
can also be done through jury board in applicable cases. The jury board will be headed by the Head of the Discipline or any
other senior teacher of the Discipline/POE not below the rank of Assistant Professor. The Chairman of the viva/jury board
may appoint other teacher(s) as a board member if necessary. A student must attend a sessional evaluation and viva voce.
In case of absence in any component, he/she will get an F grade in that course.

d) The course teachers must submit the continuous assessment mark sheets to the Chair of the Examination Committee
before the starting of the term final examination.

e) A student may register sessional courses as retake/re-retake (if applicable) on the Discipline Head's written approval.
For retake/re-retake sessional courses, no previous records/marks will be counted.

20.1.3 Evaluation of Capstone Courses


a) The distribution of marks for a Capstone (Thesis/ Monograph/ project paper/ etc.) course will be as follows:
Sl. No. Description Marks
1 Contact/Discussion/Communication with the Supervisor 10
2 Evaluation 60
3 Oral presentation and/or Viva voce 30
Total 100

b) There will be two examiners (including the Supervisor) to examine the Thesis. Each examiner will evaluate the Thesis
separately, and the average marks will be considered for grading. However, if the marks given by the First and Second
Examiners vary 20% or more, a Third Examiner to be appointed by the concerned Examination Committee from the outside
the University will evaluate the Thesis Monograph/Project paper. Among these numbers, the average of the closest two
numbers will be considered for grading. However, if the marks given by the Third Examiner happen to stand at the middle
of the marks given by the first two Examiners, the average of the three marks will be considered for grading.
c) For the thesis/dissertation/final project/other projects like the thesis of the final year students, there will be a
presentation and defense session before the defense board. If deemed necessary to the concerned defense board, these
sessions might be arranged online. A three-member defense board will evaluate the presentation and defense session.
The Supervisor of the thesis/ project/ internship/ research study/ monograph/ portfolio courses will normally be the
Chairman of the board while the second examiner and one member nominated by the Head of the Discipline/POE will be
the members of the defense board. Every member of the defense board will evaluate individually and the final marks will
be calculated by averaging all the marks given by the three members. The defense board members will be remunerated
individually as per the approved rate of the university. For Jury board or in other special circumstances, the Head of the
Discipline/POE might include additional member(s) in the board for justifiable reasons.

183
d) A Discipline might allow some students to register for an Internship program/ Project paper/ Monograph/ Research
study according to the course curriculum of the respective Discipline. Such an internship program/ Project
paper/Research study course might be considered as the substitute of Thesis for those students. The evaluation and
related activities of such Internship program/ Project paper/ Research study courses will be similar to Thesis. Usually, a
Thesis will carry double weight in terms of credit compared to other alternatives like Project/ Internship/ Research study/
Monograph/ Portfolio and so on.
e) A Discipline might allow splitting the thesis/similar course into more than one term. ‘X’ grade may be assigned for
continuing the same course in multiple terms to assign a complete grade in the last term. Alternatively, multiple courses
under thesis/similar course might be assessed by providing complete grades at the end of each term. The curriculum of
the concerned Discipline/Entity will clarify all such issues.

20.1.4 Evaluation of Viva Voce


a) There might be a grand viva voce in each term. A student will not usually be allowed to register for more than one course
of this type bearing 01 (one) credit in a term. The concerned Examination Committee of that Term will conduct the viva and
assess the students. The distribution of marks for viva voce will be as follows:
Description Marks
Viva voce 100

20.2 Grades
Grade related issues are reported in section 20.1.

20.3 Grade Point Average (GPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)
a) Grade Point Average (GPA) is the weighted average of Grade Points obtained in all the courses passed/completed by a
student. For example, if a student has passed/completed five courses in a term having credits of C1, C2, C3, C4, and C5 and
his/her points in these courses are G1, G2, G3, G4, and G5, respectively, then,
GPA = ∑CiGi/∑Ci
b) A Numerical Example: Suppose a student has completed five courses in a term and obtained the following grades:
Course Credit Grade Grade Point
A 3 A+ 4.00
B 3 C+ 3.00
C 3 A 3.75
D 2 B 3.25
E 1 B+ 3.50
Then his/her GPA for the term will be computed as follows:
GPA= 3(4.0) + 3(3.0) + 3(3.75) + 2(3.25) + 1(3.5) /(3 + 3 + 3 + 2 + 1) = 3.52
c) A student's performance will be evaluated in terms of three indices- Term Grade Point Average (TGPA), Yearly Grade
Point Average (YGPA), and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA). The TGPA is computed by dividing the total points
earned in a Term by the number of credits taken in the Term. The YGPA is computed by dividing the total grade points
earned in two Terms in a year by dividing the number of credits taken in that year. The CGPA is computed by dividing the
total grade points accumulated till date by the total completed credits. Thus a student who has earned 275 grad points in
attempting 100 credits of courses would have an overall CGPA of 2.75.
20.4 Course Withdrawal
a) ‘W’ is the corresponding grade for withdrawn of a course, as mentioned in section 20.1.
b) If any student cannot complete the Term Final Examination due to severe illness or serious accident, he/she may apply
to the Dean through the Head of the concerned Discipline for total withdrawal from the Term within eight working days
after the Term Final Examination. However, he/she may choose not to withdraw from any sessional course if the grade
obtained in such a course is C or better. A medical certificate endorsed by the Chief Medical Officer of the University must
support the application. The Dean of the concerned School will decide on such an application and inform the Academic
Council. If a student is allowed to withdraw from a Term, he/she will have to register as fresh from the Term he/she has
withdrawn. However, he/she may be allowed to register for backlog courses, if offered.
184
20.5 Incomplete (I) Courses
‘I’ is the corresponding grade for an incomplete course, as mentioned in section 20.1.

20.6 Retake
Retake related issues are reported in sections 20.1.1 and 20.1.2.

20.7 Grade Improvement


Grade improvement related issues are reported in section 20.1.1.

20.8 Dropout/Cancellation of Studentship


a) A first-year first term student’s admission will stand cancelled if he/she fails to complete course registration by ten
working days from the beginning of the classes.
b) A first-year first term student’s admission will stand cancelled if he/she fails to attend at least 50 percent of classes
during ten working days from the beginning of the classes. However, in case of severe illness/accident this provision may
be relaxed subject to submission of a medical certificate issued by a registered medical practitioner (with the registration
number shown explicitly on the certificate) and endorsed by the Chief Medical Officer of the University.
c) A student’s studentship will stand cancelled if he/she fails to comply with registration of minimum credit
requirements under article 12.2 of the latest (July 2022) ‘Ordinance for Undergraduate Program’ of Khulna University.
According to that article, a student must register for at least 15 credits per term and may be allowed to register for up to
a maximum of 25 credits if recommended by his/her Discipline Head. The Discipline/POE might offer less than, greater
than or equal to 25 credits per term as per the approved curriculum. The student will enjoy the option of choosing backlog,
re-take, re-retake, advance courses (subject to compliance with applicable requirements/restrictions, as reported in
other articles of the Ordinance) in addition to fresh courses to comply with the restriction of maximum 25 credits per
term. If any student fails to register, in any way, for minimum credits (15 credits), his/her studentship at the University will
stand cancelled. This minimum 15-credit registration limit may be relaxed if: (i) the student requires less than 15-credit to
complete his/her graduation, or (ii) the sum of applicable (for the student) credits offered by the Discipline is less than
15-credit in the corresponding term for any valid reason.
d) A student’s studentship will stand cancelled if he/she fails to earn minimum credits under article 12.5.2 of the latest
(July 2022) ‘Ordinance for Undergraduate Program’ of Khulna University. According to that article, when a student is going
to register for his/her courses in the 3rd year 2nd term, his/her earned credits up to 2nd year 2nd term must be at least
36. Otherwise, his/her studentship at the University will stand cancelled.

Approval Records
Approving Authority Date of Approval
Curriculum Committee of the Discipline August 30, 2022
Executive Committee of the School September 11, 2022
BOAS (if applicable)
Academic Council October 12, 2022
Syndicate (if applicable) October 20, 2022

185
Appendix 01: Summary of Major Changes in the OBE Format Curriculum
Program : Bachelor Of Science In Electronics And Communication Engineering
Discipline : Electronics and Communication Engineering Discipline
School : Science, Engineering and Technology School

Sl. No. Criteria Existing Curriculum OBE Curriculum


1 Duration of the Program (in Year)
2 Total Available Credits
3 Minimum Credit Requirement to Complete the Degree
4 Available Credits from GED Courses
5 Credits from GED Courses (% of Total Credits)
6 Credits from GED Courses (% of Required Credits)
7 Available Credits from Core Theory Courses*
8 Available Credits from Core Sessional Courses*
9 Available Credits from Optional Theory Courses*
10 Available Credits from Optional Sessional Courses*
11 Available Credits from Capstone Courses
12 Term Duration (in week)
13 Credits from Newly Introduced Courses
14 Number of Newly Introduced Courses
15 Number of Omitted Courses
16 Change in Course Title (Number of Courses)
17 Change in Course Status (Number of Courses)
18 Inter-term Shift (Number of Courses)
19 Change in Course Contents (Number of Courses)
20 Name of Majors (if Applicable)
21 Name of Modes (if applicable)

186
Appendix 02: Curriculum Committee of the POE
Sl. No. Name Affiliation
01 Dr. Md. Abdul Alim Professor and Head, ECE, KU
02 Dr. Md. Mizanur Rahman Professor, ECE, KU
03 S. M. Shamsul Alam Professor, ECE, KU
04 Dr. Mohammad Ismat Kadir Professor, ECE, KU
05 Dr. Md. Maniruzzaman Professor, ECE, KU
06 Dr. Md. Shamim Ahsan Professor, ECE, KU
07 Ms. Sehrish Khan Professor, ECE, KU
08 Dr. Md. Sohel Mahmud Sher Professor, ECE, KU
09 Dr. Abdullah-Al-Nahid Professor, ECE, KU
10 Dr. Md. Ziaul Amin Professor, ECE, KU
11 Md. Tariq Hasan Associate Prof., ECE, KU
12 Shakila Naznin Associate Prof., ECE, KU
13 Dr. Uzzal Biswas Associate Prof., ECE, KU
14 Abdullah Al Mamun Bulbul Assistant Prof., ECE, KU
15 Etu Poddar Lecturer, ECE, KU
16 Dr. Md. Mostafizur Rahman Professor, ECE, KUET
17 Prof. Dr. Md. Rafiqul Islam Professor, EEE, KUET

Appendix 03: PSAC of the Discipline


Sl. No. Name Affiliation Designation
1 Dr. Md. Abdul Alim Professor and Head, ECE, KU Chairman
2 Dr. Md. Mizanur Rahman Professor, ECE, KU Member
3 S. M. Shamsul Alam Professor, ECE, KU Member

187
Appendix 04: Acknowledgement
Sl. No. Name Affiliation
01 Prof. Dr. Mahmood Hossain Vice-Chancellor, Khulna University.
02 Prof. Dr. Md. Abdul Alim Head, ECE Discipline & Chairman, PSAC
03 Prof. Dr. Md. Mizanur Rahman Member, PSAC
04 Prof. S. M. Shamsul Alam Member PSAC
05 Dr. Mohammad Ismat Kadir Professor, ECE Discipline
06 Dr. Md. Maniruzzaman Professor, ECE Discipline
07 Dr. Md. Shamim Ahsan Professor, ECE Discipline
08 Ms. Sehrish Khan Professor, ECE Discipline
09 Dr. Md. Sohel Mahmud Sher Professor, ECE Discipline
10 Dr. Abdullah-Al-Nahid Professor, ECE Discipline
11 Dr. Md. Ziaul Amin Professor, ECE Discipline
12 Md. Tariq Hasan Associate Prof., ECE Discipline
13 Shakila Naznin Associate Prof., ECE Discipline
14 Dr. Uzzal Biswas Associate Prof., ECE Discipline
15 Abdullah Al Mamun Bulbul Assistant Prof., ECE Discipline
16 Etu Poddar Lecturer, ECE Discipline
17 Dr. Md. Mostafizur Rahman Professor, Department of ECE, KUET
18 Dr. Md. Rafiqul Islam Professor, Department of EEE, KUET
19 Prof. Dr. Mohammed Ziaul Haider Director, IQAC, Khulna University
20 Prof. Dr. Md. Matiul Islam Additional Director, IQAC, Khulna University
21 Md. Mostafizur Rahman Additional Director, IQAC, Khulna University

References
BAC 2021. Bangladesh Accreditation Council (BAC) Standards for Accreditation of Academic Program, BAC, Dhaka. pp.1-8.
IQAC 2022. Template of Outcome-based Curriculum, Institutional Quality Assurance Cell (IQAC), Khulna University. pp. 1-18.
KU 2022a. Ordinance for Undergraduate Examination, Khulna University. pp. 1-13.
KU 2022b. Ordinance for Undergraduate Program, Khulna University. pp. 1-16.
UGC 2020. Template of Outcome Based Education (OBE) Curriculum (Revised). pp. 1-8.
UGC 2021. Bangladesh National Qualifications Framework (BNQF) Part B: Higher Education (level 7-10). pp. 1-29.

188

You might also like